Printed edition: Ācārya 1931: Sūtrasthāna 1-31

Published in 2013-2016 by in .

Suśrutasaṃhitā (without commentaries) transcribed by Tsutomu Yamashita and Yasutaka Muroya on the basis of Y. T. Ācārya's 1931 and 1938 Bombay editions The Suśrutasaṃhitā of Suśruta, with the Nibandhsangraha Commentary of Śrī Ḍalhaṇācārya. Yādavaśarman Trivikramātmaja Ācārya Pāndurang Jāvaji Bombay 1931 Revised second edition The sūtrasthāna (SS.1) and śārīrasthāna (SS.3) of this SARIT edition are mainly based on this edition. For sūtrasthāna 13 (leeches), the text of the 1938 vulgate is used in this file. This SARIT edition omits the commentarial material from this edition. Suśrutasamhitā of Suśruta with the Nibandhasaṅgraha Commentary of Śrī Ḍalhanāchārya and the Nyāyacandrikā Pañjikā of Śrī Gayadāsāchārya on Nidānasthāna, edited from the begining to the 9th ādhyāya of Cikitsāsthāna by Vaidya Jādavji Trikamji Āchārya and the rest by Nārāyaṇ Rām Āchārya Yādavaśarman Trivikramātmaja Ācāryā Nārāyaṇ Rām Āchārya Nirṇaya Sāgar Press Bombay 1938 Revised third edition Reprint edition Varanasi/Delhi: Chaukhambha Orientalia, 1992. The nidānasthāna (SS.2), cikitsāsthāna (SS.4) , kalpasthāna (SS.5) and uttaratantra (SS.6) are based on this edition This SARIT edition omits the commentarial material from this edition.
  • Siglum: A

  • A

[Sūtrasthāna 1-31]

athāto vedotpattim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||1||
1931 ed. 1.1.2yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ||2||
1931 ed. 1.1.3atha khalu bhagavantam amaravaram ṛṣigaṇaparivṛtam āśramasthaṃ kāśirājaṃ divodāsaṃ dhanvantarim aupadhenava vaitaraṇaurabhra pauṣkalāvata -karavīrya gopurarakṣita suśruta prabhṛtaya ūcuḥ ||3|| karavīra
1931 ed. 1.1.4bhagavan śārīramānasāgantuvyādhibhir vividhavedanābhighātopadrutān sanāthān apy anāthavad viceṣṭamānān vikrośataś ca mānavān abhisamīkṣya manasi naḥ pīḍā bhavati
teṣāṃ sukhaiṣiṇāṃ rogopaśamārtham ātmanaś ca prāṇayātrārthaṃ prajāhitahetor āyurvedaṃ śrotum icchāma ihopadiśyamānaṃ atrāyattam aihikam āmuṣmikaṃ ca śreyaḥ tad bhagavantam upapannāḥ smaḥ śiṣyatveneti ||
1931 ed. 1.1.5tān uvāca bhagavān svāgataṃ vaḥ sarva evāmīmāṃsyā adhyāpyāś ca bhavanto vatsāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.6 iha khalv āyurvedaṃ nāmopāṅgam atharvavedasyānutpādyaiva prajāḥ ślokaśatasahasram adhyāyasahasraṃ ca kṛtavān svayambhūḥ tato 'lpāyuṣṭvam alpamedhastvaṃ cālokya narāṇāṃ bhūyo 'ṣṭadhā praṇītavān ||
1931 ed. 1.1.7 tad yathā śalyaṃ śālākyaṃ kāyacikitsā bhūtavidyā kaumārabhṛtyaṃ agadatantraṃ rasāyanatantraṃ vājīkaraṇatantram iti ||
1931 ed. 1.1.8.0 athāsya pratyaṅgalakṣaṇasamāsaḥ |
tatra śalyaṃ nāma vividhatṛṇakāṣṭhapāṣāṇapāṃśulohaloṣṭāsthibālanakhapūyāsrāvaduṣṭavraṇāntargarbhaśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ yantraśastrakṣārāgnipraṇidhānavraṇaviniścayārthaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.1.8.2 śālākyaṃ nāmordhvajatrugatānāṃ śravaṇanayanavadanaghrāṇādisaṃśritānāṃ vyādhīnām upaśamanārtham ||
1931 ed. 1.1.8.3 kāyacikītsā nāma sarvāṅgasaṃśritānāṃ vyādhīnāṃ jvararaktapittaśoṣonmādāpasmārakuṣṭhamehātisārādīnām upaśamanārtham ||
1931 ed. 1.1.8.4 bhūtavidyā nāma devāsuragandharvayakṣarakṣaḥpitṛpiśācanāgagrahādyupasṛṣṭacetasāṃ śāntikarmabaloharaṇādigrahopaśamanārtham ||
1931 ed. 1.1.8.5 kaumārabhṛtyaṃ nāma kumārabharaṇadhātrīkṣīradoṣasaṃśodhanārthaṃ duṣṭastanyagrahasamutthānāṃ ca vyādhīnām upaśamanārtham ||
1931 ed. 1.1.8.6 agadatantraṃ nāma sarpakīṭalūtāmūśikādidaṣṭaviṣavyañjanārthaṃ vividhaviṣasaṃyogopaśamanārthaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.1.8.7 rasāyanatantraṃ nāma vayaḥsthāpanam āyurmedhābalakaraṃ rogāpaharaṇasamarthaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.1.8.8 vājīkaraṇatantraṃ nāmālpaduṣṭakṣīṇaviśuṣkaretasām āpyāyanaprasādopacayajanananimittaṃ praharṣajananārthaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.1.9 evam ayam āyurvedo 'ṣṭāṅga upadiśyate atra kasmai kim ucyatām iti ||
1931 ed. 1.1.10 ta ūcuḥ asmākaṃ sarveṣām eva śalyajñānaṃ mūlaṃ kṛtvopadiśatu bhagavān iti ||
1931 ed. 1.1.11 sa uvācaivam astv iti ||
1931 ed. 1.1.12 ta ūcur bhūyo 'pi bhagavantam asmākam ekamatīnāṃ matam abhisamīkṣya suśruto bhagavantaṃ prakṣyati asmai copadiśyamānaṃ vayam apy upadhārayiṣyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.13 sa hovācaivam astv iti ||
1931 ed. 1.1.14 vatsa suśruta iha khalv āyurvedaprayojanaṃ vyādhyupasṛṣṭānāṃ vyādhiparimokṣaḥ svasthasya rakṣaṇaṃ ca || 1931 ed. 1.1.15 āyur asmin vidyate 'nena vā+āyur vindatīty āyurvedaḥ || 1931 ed. 1.1.16 tasyāṅgavaram ādyaṃ pratyakṣāgamānumānopamānair aviruddham ucyamānam upadharaya ||
1931 ed. 1.1.17 etad dhy aṅgaṃ prathamaṃ prāg abhighātavraṇasaṃrohāt yajñaśiraḥsandhānāc ca | śrūyate hi yathā rudreṇa yajñasya śiraś chinnam iti tato devā aśvināv abhigamyocuḥ bhagavantau naḥ śreṣṭhatamau yuvāṃ bhaviṣyathaḥ bhavadbhyāṃ yajñasya śiraḥ sandhātavyam iti | tāv ūcatur evam astv iti | atha tayor arthe devā indraṃ yajñabhagena prāsādayan | tābhyāṃ yajñasya śiraḥ saṃhitam iti ||
1931 ed. 1.1.18 aṣṭāsv api cāyurvedatantreṣv etad evādhikam abhimataṃ āmāśu kriyākaraṇād yantraśastrakṣārāgnipraṇidhānāt sarvatantrasāmānyāc ca ||
1931 ed. 1.1.19 tad idaṃ śāśvataṃ puṇyaṃ svargyaṃ yaśasyamāyuṣyaṃ vṛttikaraṃ ceti ||
1931 ed. 1.1.20 brahmā provāca tataḥ prajāpatir adhijage tasmād aśvinau aśvibhyām indraḥ indrād aḥaṃ mayā tv iha pradeyam arthibhyaḥ prajāhitahetoḥ ||
bhavati cātra
1931 ed. 1.1.21 ahaṃ hi dhanvantarir ādidevo jarārujāmṛtyuharo 'marāṇām |
śalyāṅgam aṅgair aparair upetaṃ prāpto 'smi gāṃ bhūya ihopadeṣṭum ||
1931 ed. 1.1.22 asmin śāstre pañcamahābhūtaśarīrisamavāyaḥ puruṣa ity ucyate | tasmin kriyā so 'dhiṣṭhānaṃ kasmāt lokasya dvaividhyāt loko hi dvividhaḥ sthāvaro jaṅgamaś ca dvividhātmaka evāgneyaḥ saumyaś ca tadbhūyastvāt pañcātmako vā tatra caturvidho bhūtagrāmaḥ saṃsvedajarāyujāṇḍajodbhijjasaṃjñaḥ tatra puruṣaḥ pradhānaṃ tasyopakaraṇam anyat tasmāt puruṣo 'dhiṣṭhānam ||
1931 ed. 1.1.23 tadduḥkhasaṃyogā vyādhaya ucyante ||
1931 ed. 1.1.24 te caturvidhāḥ āgantavaḥ śārīrāḥ mānasāḥ svābhāvikāś ceti ||
1931 ed. 1.1.25.1 teṣām āgantavo 'bhighātanimittāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.25.2 śārīrās tv annapānamūlā vātapittakaphaśoṇitasannipātavaiṣamyanimittāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.25.3 mānasās tu krodhaśokabhayaharṣaviṣāderṣyābhyasūyādainyamātsaryakāmalobhaprabhṛtaya icchādveṣabhedair bhavanti ||
1931 ed. 1.1.25.4 svābhāvikās tu kṣutpipāsājarāmṛtyunidrāprakṛtayaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.26 ta ete manaḥśarīrādhiṣṭhānāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.27 teṣāṃ saṃśodhanasaṃśamanāhārācārāḥ samyak prayuktā nigrahahetavaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.28 prāṇināṃ punar mūlam āhāro balavarṇaujasāṃ ca sa ṣaṭsu raseṣv āyattaḥ rasāḥ punar dravyāśrayāḥ dravyāṇi punar oṣadhayaḥ | tās tu dvividhāḥ sthāvarā jaṅgamāś ca ||
1931 ed. 1.1.29 tāsāṃ sthāvarāś caturvidhāḥ vanaspatayo vṛkṣā vīrudha oṣadhaya iti | tāsu apuṣpāḥ phalavanto vanaspatayaḥ puṣpaphalavanto vṛkṣāḥ pratānavatyaḥ stambinyaś ca vīrudhaḥ phalapākaniṣṭhā oṣadhaya iti ||
1931 ed. 1.1.30 jaṅgamāḥ khalv api caturvidhāḥ jarāyujāṇḍajasvedajodbhijjāḥ | tatra paśumanuṣyavyālādayo jarāyujāḥ khagasarpasarīsṛpaprabhṛtayo 'ṇḍajāḥ kṛmikīṭapipīlikāprabhṛtayaḥ svedajāḥ indragopamaṇḍūkaprabhṛtaya udbhijjāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.31 tatra sthāvarebhyas tvakpatrapuṣpaphalamūlakandaniryāsasvarasādayaḥ prayojanavantaḥ jaṅgamebhyaś carmanakharomarudhirādayaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.32 pārthivāḥ suvarṇarajatamaṇimuktāmanaḥśilāmṛtkapālādayaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.33 kālakṛtāḥ pravātanivātātapacchāyājyotsnātamaḥśītoṣṇavarṣāhorātrapakṣamāsartvayanādayaḥ saṃvatsaraviśeṣāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.34 ta ete svabhāvata eva doṣāṇāṃ sañcayaprakopapraśamapratīkārahetavaḥ prayojanavantaś ca ||
1931 ed. 1.1.35 bhavanti cātra ślokāḥ
1931 ed. 1.1.35 śārīrāṇāṃ vikārāṇām eṣa vargaś caturvidhaḥ |
prakope praśame caiva hetur uktaś cikitsakaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.36 āgantavas tu ye rogās te dvidhā nipatanti hi |
manasy anye śarīre 'nye teṣāṃ tu dvividhā kriyā ||
1931 ed. 1.1.37 śarīrapatitānāṃ tu śārīravad upakramaḥ |
mānasānāṃ tu śabdādir iṣṭo vargaḥ sukhāvahaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.38 evam etat puruṣo vyādhir auṣadhaṃ kriyā kāla iti catuṣṭayaṃ samāsena vyākhyātam | tatra puruṣagrahaṇāt tatsaṃbhavadravyasamūho bhūtādir uktas tadaṅgapratyaṅgavikalpāś ca tvaṅmāṃsāsthisirāsnāyuprabhṛtayaḥ vyādhigrahaṇād vātapittakaphaśoṇitasannipātavaiṣamyanimittāḥ sarva eva vyādhayo vyākhyātāḥ oṣadhagrahaṇād dravyarasaguṇavīryavipākānām ādeśaḥ kriyāgrahaṇāc chedyādīni snehādīni ca karmāṇi vyākhyātāni kālagrahaṇāt sarvakriyākālānām ādeśaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.39 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.1.39 bījaṃ cikitsitasyaitat samāsena prakīrtitam |
saviṃśam adhyāyaśatam asya vyākhyā bhaviṣyati ||
1931 ed. 1.1.40 tac ca saviṃśam adhyāyaśataṃ pañcasu sthāneṣu sūtranidānaśārīracikitsitakalpeṣv arthavaśāt saṃvibhajya uttare tantre śeṣān arthān vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.1.41
1931 ed. 1.1.41bhavati cātra |
svayambhuvā proktam idaṃ sanātanaṃ
paṭhed dhi yaḥ kāśipatiprakāśitam |
sa puṇyakarmā bhuvi pūjito nṛpair
asukṣaye śakrasalokatāṃ vrajet ||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne vedotpattir nāma prathamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

[dvitīyo 'dhyāyaḥ|]

1931 ed. 1.2.1 athātaḥ śiṣyopanayanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.2.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.2.3 brāhmaṇakṣatriyavaiśyānām anyatamam anvaya vayaḥśīla śaurya śaucācāra vinaya śakti bala medhā dhṛti smṛti mati pratipattiyuktaṃ tanu jihvauṣṭha dantāgram ṛjuvaktrākṣināsaṃ prasannacittavākceṣṭaṃ kleśasahaṃ ca bhiṣak śiṣyam upanayet ato viparītaguṇaṃ nopanayet ||
1931 ed. 1.2.4 upanayanīyaṃ tu brāhmaṇaṃ praśasteṣu tithikaraṇamuhūrtanakṣatreṣu praśastāyāṃ diśi śucau same deśe caturhastaṃ caturasraṃ sthaṇḍilam upalipya gomayena darbhaiḥ saṃstīrya puṣpair lājabhaktai ratnaiś ca devatāḥ pūjayitvā viprān bhiṣajaś ca tatrollikhyābhyukṣya ca dakṣiṇato brahmāṇaṃ sthāpayitvā'gnim upasamādhāya khadirapalāśadevadārubilvānāṃ samidbhiś caturṇāṃ vā kṣīravṛkṣāṇāṃ (? nyagrodhodumbarāśvatthamadhūkānāṃ ) dadhimadhughṛtāktābhir dārvīhaumikena vidhinā sruveṇājyāhutīr juhuyāt sapraṇavābhir mahāvyahṛtibhiḥ tataḥ pratidaivatamṛṣīṃś ca svāhākāraṃ kuryāt śiṣyam api kārayet ||
1931 ed. 1.2.5 brāhmaṇas trayāṇāṃ varṇānām upanayanaṃ kartum arhati rājanyo dvayasya vaiśyo vaiśyasyaiveti śūdram api kulaguṇasaṃpannaṃ mantravarjam anupanītam adhyāpayed ity eke ||
1931 ed. 1.2.6 tato 'gniṃ triḥ pariṇīyāgnisākṣikaṃ śiṣyaṃ brūyāt kāmakrodhalobhamohamānāhaṇkārerṣyāpāruṣyapaiśunyānṛtālasyāyaśasyāni hitvā nīcanakharomṇā śucinā kaṣāyavāsasā satyavratabrahmacaryābhivādanatatpareṇā'vaśyaṃ bhavitavyaṃ madanumatasthānagamanaśayanāsanabhojanādhyayanapareṇa bhūtvā matpriyahiteṣu vartitavyaṃ ato 'nyathā te vartamānasyādharmo bhavati aphalā ca vidyā na ca prākāśyaṃ prāpnoti ||
1931 ed. 1.2.7 ahaṃ vā tvayi samyagvartamāne yady anyathādarśī syām enobhāg bhaveyam aphalavidyaś ca ||
1931 ed. 1.2.8 dvijagurudaridramitrapravrajitopanatasādhvanāthābhyupagatānāṃ cātmabāndhavānām iva svabhaiṣajaiḥ pratikartavyam evaṃ sādhu bhavati vyādhaśākunikapatitapāpakāriṇāṃ ca na pratikartavyaṃ evaṃ vidyā prakāśate mitra yaśo dharmārtha kāmāṃś ca prāpnoti ||
1931 ed. 1.2.9x bhavataś cātra |
1931 ed. 1.2.9 kṛṣṇe 'ṣṭamī tannidhane 'hanī dve
śukle tathā 'py evam ahar dvisandhyam |
akālavidyutstanayitnughoṣe
svatantrarāṣṭrakṣitipavyathāsu ||
1931 ed. 1.2.10 śmaśānayānādyatanāhaveṣu
mahotsavautpātikadarśaneṣu |
nādhyeyam anyeṣu ca yeṣu vaprā
nādhīyate nāśucinā ca nityam ||
iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne śiṣyopanayanīyo nāma dvitīyo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

tṛtīyo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.3.1 athāto 'dhyayanasaṃpradānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.3.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.3.3 prāgabhihitaṃ saviṃśam adhyāyaśataṃ pañcasu sthāneṣu | tatra sūtrasthānamadhyāyāḥ ṣaṭcatvāriṃśat ṣoḍśa nidānāni daśa śārīrāṇi catvāriṃśaccikitsitāni aṣṭau kalpāḥ taduttaraṃ ṣaṭsāṣṭiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.3.4ab vedotpattiḥ śiṣyanayas tathā'dhyayanadānikaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.4cd prabhāṣaṇāgraharaṇāvṛtucaryātha yāntrikaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.3.5ab śastrāvacāaraṇaṃ yogyā viśikhā kṣārakalpanam |
1931 ed. 1.3.5cd agnikarmajalaukākhyāvadhyāyau raktavarṇanam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.6ab doṣadhātumalādyānāṃ vijñānādhyāya eva ca |
1931 ed. 1.3.6cd karṇavyadhāmapakvaiṣāvālepo vraṇyupāsanam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.7ab hitāhito vraṇapraśno vraṇāsrāvaś ca yaḥ pṛthak |
1931 ed. 1.3.7cd kṛtyākṛtyavidhirvyādhisamuddeśīya eva ca ||
1931 ed. 1.3.8ab viniścayaḥ śastravidhau pranaṣṭajñānikas tathā |
1931 ed. 1.3.8cd śalyoddhṛtirvraṇajñānaṃ dūtasvapnanidarśanam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.9ab pañcendriyaṃ tathā chāyā svabhāvādvaikṛtaṃ tathā |
1931 ed. 1.3.9cd vāraṇo yuktasenīya āturakramabhūnikau ||
1931 ed. 1.3.10ab miśrakākhyo dravyagaṇaḥ saṃśuddhau śamane ca yaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.10cd dravyādīnāṃ ca vijñānaṃ viśeṣo dravyago 'paraḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.3.11ab rasajñānaṃ vamanārthamadhyāyo recanāya ca |
1931 ed. 1.3.11cd dravaddravyavidhistadvadannapānavidhis tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.3.12ab sūcanāt sūtraṇāccaiva savanāccārthasantateḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.12cd ṣaṭcatvāriṃśadadhyāyaṃ sūtrasthānaṃ pracakṣate ||
1931 ed. 1.3.13ab vātavyādhikamarśāṃsi sāśmariś ca bhagandaraḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.13cd kuṣṭhamehodarā mūḍho vidradhiḥ parisarpaṇam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.14ab granthivṛddhikṣudraśūkabhaknāś ca mukharogikam |
1931 ed. 1.3.14cd hetulakṣaṇanirdeśānnidānānīti ṣoḍaśa ||
1931 ed. 1.3.15ab bhūtacintā rajaḥśuddhirgarbhāvakrāntireva ca |
1931 ed. 1.3.15cd vyākaraṇaṃ ca garbhasya śarīrasya ca yatsmṛtam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.16ab pratyekaṃ marmanirdeśaḥ sirāvarṇanam eva ca |
1931 ed. 1.3.16cd sirāvyadho dhamanīnāṃ garbhiṇyā vyākṛtis tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.3.17ab nirdiṣṭāni daśaitāni śārīrāṇi maharṣiṇā |
1931 ed. 1.3.17cd vijñānārthaṃ śarīrasya bhiṣajāṃ yoginām api ||
1931 ed. 1.3.18ab dvivraṇīyo vraṇaḥ sadyo bhagnānāṃ vātarogikam |
1931 ed. 1.3.18cd mahāvātikamarśāṃsi sāśmariś ca bhagandaraḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.3.19ab kuṣṭhānāṃ mahatāṃ cāpi maihikaṃ paiḍakaṃ tathā |
1931 ed. 1.3.19cd makhumehacikitsā ca tathā codariṇām api ||
1931 ed. 1.3.20ab mūḍhagarbhacikitsā ca vidradhīnāṃ visarpiṇām |
1931 ed. 1.3.20cd granthivṛddhyupadaṃśānāṃ tathā ca kṣudrarogikam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.21ab śūkadoṣacikitsā ca tathā ca mukharogiṇām |
1931 ed. 1.3.21cd śophasyānāgatānāṃ ca niṣedho miśrakaṃ tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.3.22ab vājīkaraṃ ca yat kṣīṇe sarvābādhaśamo 'pi ca |
1931 ed. 1.3.22cd medhāyuṣkaraṇaṃ cāpi svabhāvavyādhivāraṇam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.23ab nivṛttasaṃtāpakaraṃ kīrtitaṃ ca rasāyanam |
1931 ed. 1.3.23cd snehopayaugikaḥ svedo vamane ca virecane ||
1931 ed. 1.3.24ab tayor vyāpaccikitsā ca netrabastivibhāgikaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.24cd netrabastivipatsiddhis tathā cottarabastikaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.3.25ab nirūhakramasaṃjñaś ca tathaivāturasaṃjñakaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.25cd dhūmanasyavidhiś cāntyaś catvāriṃśad iti smṛtāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.3.26ab prāyaścittaṃ praśamanaṃ cikitsā śāntikarma ca |
1931 ed. 1.3.26cd paryāyāstasya nirdeśāccikitsāsthānamucyate ||
1931 ed. 1.3.27ab annasya rakṣā vijñānaṃ sthāvarasyetarasya ca |
1931 ed. 1.3.27cd sarpadaṣṭaviṣajñānaṃ tasyaiva ca cikitsitam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.28ab dundubhermūṣikāṇāṃ ca kīṭānāṃ kalpa eva ca |
1931 ed. 1.3.28cd aṣṭau kalpāḥ samākhyātā viṣabheṣajakalpanāt ||
1931 ed. 1.3.29ab adhyāyānāṃ śataṃ viṃśamevam etad udīritam |
1931 ed. 1.3.29cd ataḥ paraṃ svanāmnaiva tantramuttaramucyate ||
1931 ed. 1.3.30ab adhikṛtya kṛtaṃ yasmāttantram etad upadravān |
1931 ed. 1.3.30cd opadravika ity eṣa tasyāgryatvān nirucyate ||
1931 ed. 1.3.31ab sandhau vartmani śukle ca kṛṣṇe sarvatra dṛṣṭiṣu |
1931 ed. 1.3.31cd saṃvijñānārthamadhyāyā gadānāṃ tu prati prati ||
1931 ed. 1.3.32ab cikitsāpravibhāgīyo vātābhiṣyandavāraṇaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.32cd paittasya ślaiṣmikasyāpi raudhirasya tathaiva ca |
1931 ed. 1.3.33ab lekhyabhedyaniṣedhau ca chedyānāṃ vartmadṛṣṭiṣu |
1931 ed. 1.3.33cd kriyākalpo 'bhighātaś ca karṇotthāstaccikitsitam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.34ab ghrāṇotthānāṃ ca vijñānaṃ tadgadapratiṣedhanam |
1931 ed. 1.3.34cd pratiśyāyaniṣedhaś ca śirogadavivecanam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.35ab cikitsā tadgadānāṃ ca śālākyaṃ tantramucyate |
1931 ed. 1.3.35cd navagrahākṛtijñānaṃ skandasya ca niṣedhanam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.36ab apasmāraśakunyoś ca revatyāś ca punaḥ pṛthak |
1931 ed. 1.3.36cd pūtanāyās tathā'ndhāyā maṇḍikā śītapūtanā ||
1931 ed. 1.3.37ab naigameśacikitsā ca grahotpattiḥ sayonijā |
1931 ed. 1.3.37cd kaumāratantram ity etac chārīreṣu ca kīrtitam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.38ab jvarātisāraśoṣāṇāṃ gulmahṛdrogiṇām api |
1931 ed. 1.3.38cd pāṇḍūnāṃ raktapittasya mūrcchāyāḥ pānajāś ca ye ||
1931 ed. 1.3.39ab tṛṣṇāyāś chardihikkānāṃ niṣedhaḥ śvāsakāsayoḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.39cd svarabhedacikitsā ca kṛmyudāvartinoḥ prthak ||
1931 ed. 1.3.40ab visūcikārocakayor mūtrāghātavikṛcchrayoḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.40cd iti kāyacikitsāyāḥ śeṣam atra prakīrtitam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.41ab amānuṣaniṣedhaś ca tathā+āpasmāriko 'paraḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.41cd unmādapratiṣedhaś ca bhūtavidyā nirucyate ||
1931 ed. 1.3.42ab rasabhedāḥ svasthavṛttiryuktayastāntrikāś ca yāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.42cd doṣabhedā iti jñeyā adhyāyāstantrabhūṣaṇāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.3.43ab śreṣṭhatvād uttaraṃ hy etat tantram āhur maharṣayaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.43cd bahvarthasaṃgrahāc chreṣṭham uttaraṃ cāpi paścimam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.44ab śālākyatantraṃ kaumāraṃ cikitsā kāyikī ca yā |
1931 ed. 1.3.44cd bhūtavidyeti catvāri tantre tūttarasaṃjñite ||
1931 ed. 1.3.45ab vājīkaraṃ cakitsāsu rasāyanavidhis tathā |
1931 ed. 1.3.45cd viṣatantraṃ punaḥ kalpāḥ śalyajñānaṃ samantataḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.3.46ab ity aṣṭāṅgam idaṃ tantram ādidevaprakāśitam |
1931 ed. 1.3.46cd vidhinā'dhītya yuñjānā bhavanti prāṇadā bhuvi ||
1931 ed. 1.3.47 etad dhy avaśyam adhyeyaṃ adhītya ca karmāpy avaśyam upāsitavyaṃ ubhayajño hi bhiṣak rājārho bhavati ||
1931 ed. 1.3.48 bhavanti cātra |
1931 ed. 1.3.48ab yas tu kevalaśāstrajñaḥ karmasvapariniṣṭhitaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.48cd sa muhyaty āturaṃ prāpya prāpya bhīrur ivāhavam ||
1931 ed. 1.3.49ab yas tu karmasu niṣṇāto dhārṣṭyāc chāstrabahiṣkṛtaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.49cd sa satsu pūjāṃ nāpnoti vadhaṃ cārhati rājataḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.3.50ab ubhāv etāv anipuṇāv asamarthau svakarmaṇi |
1931 ed. 1.3.50cd ardhavedadharāv etāv ekapakṣāv iva dvijau ||
1931 ed. 1.3.51ab oṣadhyo 'mṛtakalpās tu śastrāśaniviṣopamāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.51cd bhavanty ajñair upahṛtās tasmād etān vivarjayet ||
1931 ed. 1.3.52ab snehādiṣv anabhijñā ye chedyādiṣu ca karmasu |
1931 ed. 1.3.52cd te nihanti janaṃ lobhāt kuvaidyā nṛpadoṣataḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.3.53ab yas tūbhayajño matimān sa samartho 'rthasādhane |
1931 ed. 1.3.53cd āhave karma nirvoḍhuṃ dvicakraḥ syandano yathā ||
1931 ed. 1.3.54 atha vatsa tad etad adhyeyaṃ tathā tathopadhāraya mayā procyamānaṃ atha śucaye kṛtottarāsaṅgāyāvyākulayopasthitāyādhyayanakāle śiṣyāya yathāśakti gurur upadiśet padaṃ pādaṃ ślokaṃ vā te ca padapādaślokābhūyaḥ krameṇānusaṃdheyāḥ evam ekaikaśo ghaṭayed ātmanā cānupaṭhet adrutam avilambitam aviśaṇkitam ananunāsikaṃ vyaktākṣram apīḍitavarṇam akṣibhruvauṣṭhahastair anabhinītaṃ susaṃskṛtaṃ nātyuccair nātinīcaiś ca svaraiḥ paṭhet | na cāntareṇa kaścid vrajet tayor adhīyānayoḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.3.55 bhavataś cātra |
1931 ed. 1.3.55ab śucir guruparo dakṣas tandrānidrāvivarjitaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.3.55cd paṭhann etena vidhinā śiṣyaḥ śāstrāntam āpnuyāt ||
1931 ed. 1.3.56ab vāksauṣṭhave 'rthavijñāne prāgalbhye karmanaipuṇe |
1931 ed. 1.3.56cd tadabhyāse ca siddhau ca yatetādhyayanāntagaḥ ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāhaṃ sūtrasthāne 'dhyayanasaṃpradānīyo nāma tṛtīyo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

caturtho 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.4.1 athātaḥ prabhāṣaṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.4.2 yāthovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.4.3 adhigatamapyadhyayanamaprabhāṣitamarthataḥ kharasya candanabhāra iva kevalaṃ pariśramakaraṃ bhavati ||
1931 ed. 1.4.4 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.4.4ab yathā kharaś candanabhāravāhī bhārasya vettā na tu candanasya |
1931 ed. 1.4.4cd evaṃ hi śāstrāṇi baḥūnyadhītya cārtheṣu mūḍhāḥ kharavadvahanti ||
1931 ed. 1.4.5 tasmāt saviṃśam adhyāyaśatamanupadapādaślokamanuvarṇayitavyamanuśrotavyaṃ ca kasmāt sūkṣmā hi dravyarasaguṇavīryavipākadoṣadhātumalāśayamarmasirāsnāyusandhyasthigarbhasaṃbhavadravyasamūhavibhāgās tathā pranaṣṭaśalyoddharaṇavraṇaviniścayabhagnavikalpāḥ sādhyayāpyapratyākhyeyatā ca vikārāṇāmevamādayaś cānye sahasraśo viśeṣā ye vicintyamānā vimalavipulabuddherapi buddhimākulīkuryuḥ kiṃ punaralpabuddheḥ tasmād avaśyamanupadapādaślokamanuvarṇayitavyamanuśrotavyaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.4.6 anyaśāstropapannānāṃ cārthānāmihopanītānāmarthavaśātteṣāṃ tadvidyebhya eva vyākhyānamanuśrotavyaṃ kasmāt nahyekasmin śāstre śakyaḥ sarvaśāstrāṇāmavarodhaḥ kartum ||
1931 ed. 1.4.7a bhavanti cātra |
1931 ed. 1.4.7 ekaṃ śāstramadhīyāno na vidyācchāstraniś cayam |a
tasmād bahuśrutaḥ śāstraṃ vijānīyāccikitsakaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.4.8 śāstraṃ gurumukhodbīrṇamādāyopāsya cāsakṛt |
yaḥ karmakurute vaiyaḥ sa vaidyo 'nye tu taskarāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.4.9 aupadhenavamaurabhraṃ sauśrutaṃ pauṣkalāvatam |
śeṣāṇāṃ śalyatantrāṇāṃ mūlāny etāni nirdiśet ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne prabhāṣanīyo nāma caturtho 'dhyāyaḥ ||

pañcamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.5.1 athāto 'gropaharaṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.5.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.5.3 trividhaṃ karma pūrvakarma pradhānakarma paścātkarmeti tadvyādhīṃ prati pratyupadekṣyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.5.4 asmin śāstre śāstrakarmaprākhānyācchastrakarmaiva tāvat pūrvam upadekṣyāmastatsambhārāṃś ca ||
1931 ed. 1.5.5 tac ca śastrakarmā'ṣṭavidhaṃ tad yathā chedyaṃ bhedyaṃ lekhyaṃ vedhyaṃ eṣyaṃ āhāryaṃ visrāvyaṃ sīvyam iti ||
1931 ed. 1.5.6 ato 'nyataṃ karma cikīrśatā vaidyena pūrvamevopakalpayitavyāni yantraśastrakṣārāgniśalākāśṛṅgajalaukālābūjāmbavauṣṭhapicuprotasūtrapatrapaṭṭamadhughṛtavasāpayastailatarpaṇakaṣāyālepanakalkavyajanaśītoṣṇodakakaṭāhādīni parikarmiṇaś ca snigdhāḥ sthirā balavantaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.5.7 tataḥ praśasteṣu tithikaraṇamuhūrtanakṣatreṣu dadhyakṣatānnapānaratnair agniṃ viprān miṣajaś cārcayitvā kṛtabalimaṅgalasvastivācanaṃ laghubhuktavantaṃ prāṅnukhamāturam upaveśya yantrayitvā pratyṅnukho vaidyo marmasirāsnāyusandhyasthidhamanīḥ pariharan anulomaṃ śastraṃ nidadhyādāpūyadarśanāt sakṛdevāpaharecchastramāśu ca mahatsv api ca pākeṣu dvyaṅgulāntaraṃ tryaṅgulāntaraṃ vā śastrapadamuktam ||
1931 ed. 1.5.8 tatrāyato viṣālaḥ samaḥ suvibhakto nirāśraya iti vraṇaguṇāḥ
1931 ed. 1.5.9 bhavatś cātra |
1931 ed. 1.5.9ab āyataś ca viśālaś ca suvibhakto nirāśrayaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.5.9cd prāptakālakṛtaś cāpi vraṇaḥ karmaṇi śasyate ||
1931 ed. 1.5.10ab śauryamāśukriyā śastrataikṣṇyamasvedavepathu |
1931 ed. 1.5.10cd asaṃmohaś ca vaidyasya śastrakarmaṇi śasyate ||
1931 ed. 1.5.11 ekena vā vraṇenā'ṣudhyamāne nā'ntarā buddhyā'vekṣyāparān vraṇān kuryāt ||
1931 ed. 1.5.12 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.5.12ab yato yato gatiṃ vidyādutsaṅgo yatra yatra ca |
1931 ed. 1.5.12cd tatra tatra vraṇaṃ kuryād yathā doṣo na niṣṭhati ||
1931 ed. 1.5.13 tatra bhrūgaṇḍaśaṅkhalalāṭākṣipuṭauṣṭhadantaveṣṭakakṣākukṣivaṅkṣaṇeṣu tiyak cheda uktaḥ || (?
1931 ed. 1.5.14ab candramaṇḍalavacchedān pāṇipādeṣu kārayet |
1931 ed. 1.5.14cd ardhacandrākṛtīṃś cāpi gude meḍhre ca buddhimān ||)
1931 ed. 1.5.15 anyathā tu sirāsnāyucchedanaṃ atimātraṃ vedanā cirādvraṇasaṃroho māṃsakandīprādurbhāvaś ceti ||
1931 ed. 1.5.16 mūḍhagarbhodarārśo 'śmarībhagandaramukharogeṣv abhuktavataḥ karma kurvīta ||
1931 ed. 1.5.17 tataḥ śastram avacārya śītābhir adbhir āturam āśvāsya samantāt paripīḍyāṅgulyā vraṇam abhimṛdya(ā.jya) prakṣālya kaṣāyeṇa protenodakam ādāya tilakalkamadhusarpiḥpragāḍhāmauṣadhayuktāṃ nātisnigdhāṃ nātirūkṣāṃ vartiṃ praṇidadhyāt tataḥ kalkenācchādya ghanāṃ kavalikāṃ dattvā vastrapaṭṭena badhnīyāt vedanārakṣoghnair dhūpair dhūpayet rakṣoghnaiś ca mantnrai rakṣāṃ kurvīta ||
1931 ed. 1.5.18 tato guggulvagurusarjarasavacāgaurasarṣapacūrṇair lavaṇanimbapatravimiśrair ājyayuktair dhūpayet ājyaśeṣeṇa cāsya prāṇān samālabheta ||
1931 ed. 1.5.19 udakumbhāc cāpo gṛhītvā prokṣayan rakṣākarma kuryāt || tad vakṣyāmaḥ
1931 ed. 1.5.20ab kṛtyānāṃ pratighātārthaṃ tathā rakṣobhayasya ca |
1931 ed. 1.5.20cd rakṣākarma kariṣyāmi brahmā tad anumanyatām ||
1931 ed. 1.5.21ab nāgāḥ piśācā gandharvāḥ pitaro yakṣarākṣasāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.5.21cd abhidravanti ye ye tvāṃ brahmādyā ghnantu tān sadā ||
1931 ed. 1.5.22ab pṛthivyām antarīkṣe ca ye caranti niśācarāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.5.22cd dikṣu vāstunivāsāś ca pāntu tvāṃ te namaskṛtāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.5.23ab pāntu tvāṃ munayo brāhayā divyā rājarṣayas tathā |
1931 ed. 1.5.23cd parvatāś caiva nadyaś ca sarvāḥ sarve ca sāgarāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.5.24ab sgnī rakṣatu te jihvāṃ prāṇān vāyus tathaiva ca |
1931 ed. 1.5.24cd somo vyānam apāna te parjanyaḥ parirakṣatu ||
1931 ed. 1.5.25ab udānaṃ vidyutaḥ pāntu samānaṃ stanayitnavaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.5.25cd balam indro balapatir manurmanye matiṃ tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.5.26ab kāmāṃs te pāntu gandharvāḥ sattvamindro 'bhir akṣatu |
1931 ed. 1.5.26cd prajñāṃ te varuṇo rājā samudro nābhimaṇḍalam ||
1931 ed. 1.5.27ab cakṣuḥ sūryo diśaḥ śrotre candramāḥ pātu te manaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.5.27cd nakṣatrāṇi sadā rūpaṃ chāyāṃ pāntu niśāstava ||
1931 ed. 1.5.28ab retastvāpyāyayantvāpo romāṇyoṣadhayas tathā |
1931 ed. 1.5.28cd ākāśaṃ khāni te pātu dehāṃ tava vasundharā ||
1931 ed. 1.5.29ab vaiṣvānaraḥ śiraḥ pātu viṣṇustava parākramam |
1931 ed. 1.5.29cd pauruśaṃ puruṣaśreṣṭho brahmā+ātmānaṃ dhruvo bhruvau ||
1931 ed. 1.5.30ab etā dehe viśeṣeṇa tava nityā hi devatāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.5.30cd etāstvāṃ satataṃ pāntu dīrghamāyuravāpnuhi ||
1931 ed. 1.5.31ab svasti te bhagavān brahmā svasti devāś ca kurvatām | [
1931 ed. 1.5.31cd svasti te candrasūryau ca svasti nāradaparvatau |]
1931 ed. 1.5.31ef svastyagniś caiva vāyuś ca svasti devāḥ sahendragāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.5.32ab pitāmahakṛtā rakṣā svastyāyurvardhatāṃ tava |
1931 ed. 1.5.32cd ītayaste praśāmyantu sadā bhava gatavyathaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.5.33 iti svāhā ||
1931 ed. 1.5.33ab etair vedātmakair mantraiḥ iṛtyāvyādhivināśanaiḥ |
1931 ed. 1.5.33cd mayaivaṃ kṛtarakṣastvaṃ dīrghamāyuravāpnuhi ||
1931 ed. 1.5.34 tataḥ kṛtarakṣamāturamāgāraṃ praveśya ācārikam ādiśet ||
1931 ed. 1.5.35 tatastṛtīye 'hani vimucyaivam eva badhnīyād vastrapaṭṭena na cainaṃ tvaramāṇo 'paredyur mokṣayet ||
1931 ed. 1.5.36 dvitīyadivasaparimokṣaṇād vigrathito vraṇaś cirād upasaṃrohati tīvrarujaś ca bhavati ||
1931 ed. 1.5.37 ata ūrdhvaṃ doṣakālabalādīn avekṣya kaṣāyālepanabandhāhārācārān vedadhyāt ||
1931 ed. 1.5.38 na cainaṃ tvaramāṇaḥ sāntardoṣaṃ ropayet sa hy alpenāpyapacāreṇābhyantaram utsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā bhūyo 'pi vikaroti |
1931 ed. 1.5.39 bhavanti cātra ||
1931 ed. 1.5.39ab tasmād antarbahiś caiva suśuddhaṃ ropayed vraṇam |
1931 ed. 1.5.39cd rūḍhe 'pyajīrṇavyāyāmavyavāyādīn vivarjayet |
1931 ed. 1.5.39ef harṣaṃ krodhaṃ bhayaṃ cāpi yāvat sthairyopasaṃbhavāt ||
1931 ed. 1.5.40ab hemante śiśire caiva vasante cāpi mokṣayet |
1931 ed. 1.5.40cd tryahāddvyahāccharadgrīṣmavarṣāsv api ca buddhimān ||
1931 ed. 1.5.41ab atipātiṣu rogeṣu necchedvidhimimaṃ bhiṣak |
1931 ed. 1.5.41cd pradīptāgāravacchīghraṃ tatra kuryāt pratikriyām ||
1931 ed. 1.5.42ab yāvedanā śastranipātajātā tīvrā śarīraṃ pradunoti jantoḥ |
1931 ed. 1.5.42cd ghṛtena sā śāntim upaiti siktā koṣṇena yaṣṭīmadhukānvitena ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrsthāne 'gropaharaṇīyo nāma pañcamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

śaṣṭho 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.6.1 athāta ṛtucaryam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.3 kālo hi nāma bhagavān svayambhur anādimadhyanidhano 'tra rasavyāpatsampattī jīvitamaraṇe ca manuṣyāṇām āyatte | sa sūkṣmām api kalāṃ na līyata iti kālaḥ saṃkalayati kālayati vā bhūtānīti kālaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.4 tasya saṃvatsarātmano bhagavān ādityo gativiśeṣeṇa nimeṣakāṣṭhākalāmuhūrtāhorātrapakṣamāsartvayanasaṃvatsarayugapravibhāgaṃ karoti ||
1931 ed. 1.6.5 tatra laghvakṣaroccāraṇamātro 'kṣinimeṣaḥ pañcadaśā'kṣinimeṣāḥ kāṣṭhā triṃśatkāṣṭhāḥ kalā viṃśatikalo muhūrtaḥ kalādaśabhāgaś ca triṃśanmuhūrtam ahorātraṃ pañcadaśāhorātrāṇi pakṣaḥ sa ca dvividhaḥ śuklaḥ kṛṣṇaś ca tau māsaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.6 tatra māghādayo dvādaśa māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ dvimāsikam ṛtuṃ kṛtva ṣaḍṛtavo bhavanti te śiśiravasantagrīṣmavarṣāśaraddhemantāḥ teṣaṃ tapastapsyau śiśiraḥ madhumādhavau vasantaḥ śuciśukrau grīṣmaḥ nabhonabhasyau varśāḥ iṣorjau śarat sahaḥsahasyau hemanta iti ||
1931 ed. 1.6.7 ta ete śītoṣṇavarṣalakṣaṇāś candrād ity ayoḥ kālavibhāgakaratvād ayane dve bhavato dakṣiṇam uttaraṃ ca | tayor dakṣiṇaṃ varṣāśaraddhemantāḥ teṣu bhagavān āpyāyate somaḥ amlalavaṇamadhurāś ca rasā balavanto bhavanti uttarottaraṃ ca sarvaprāṇināṃ balam abhivardhate | uttaraṃ ca śiśiravasantagrīṣmāḥ teṣu bhagavān āpyāyate 'rkaḥ tiktakaṣāyakaṭukāś ca rasā balavanto bhavanti uttarottaraṃ ca sarvaprāṇināṃ balam apahīyate ||
1931 ed. 1.6.8 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.6.8ab śītāṃśuḥ kledayaty urvīṃ vivasvān śoṣayaty api |
1931 ed. 1.6.8cd tāv ubhāv api saṃśritya vāyuḥ pālayati prajāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.9 atha khalv ayane dve yugapat saṃvatsaro bhavati te tu pañca yugam iti saṃjñāṃ labhante sa eṣa nimeṣādir yugaparyantaḥ kālaś cakravat parivartamānaḥ kālacakram ucyata ity eke ||
1931 ed. 1.6.10 iha tu varṣāśaraddhemantavasantagrīṣmaprāvṛṣaḥ ṣaḍṛtavo bhavanti doṣopacayaprakopopaśamanimittaṃ te tu bhādrapadādyena dvimāsikena vyākhyātāḥ tad yathā bhādrapadāśvayujau varṣāḥ kārtikamārgaśīrṣau śarat pauṣamāghau hemantaḥ phālgunacaitrau vasantaḥ vaiśākhajyeṣṭhau grīṣmaḥ āṣāḍhaśrāvaṇau prāvṛḍ iti ||
1931 ed. 1.6.11 tatra varṣāsv oṣadhayas taruṇyo 'lpavīryā āpaś cāprasannāḥ kṣitimalaprāyāḥ tā upayujyamānā nabhasi meghāvatate jalapraklinnāyāṃ bhūmau klinnadehānāṃ prāṇināṃ śītavātaviṣṭambhitāgnīnāṃ vidahyante vidāhāt pittasaṃcayam āpādayanti sa saṃcayaḥ śaradi praviralameghe viyaty upaśuṣyati paṅke 'rkakiraṇapravilāyitaḥ paittikān vyādhīn janayati | tā evauṣadhayaḥ kālapariṇāmāt pariṇatavīryā balavatyo hemante bhavanty āpaś ca prasannāḥ snigdhā atyarthaṃ gurvyaś ca tā upayujyamānā mandakiraṇatvād bhānoḥ satuṣārapavanopastambhitadehānāṃ dehinām avidagdhāḥ snehāc chaityād gauravād upalepāc ca śleṣmasaṃcayam āpādayanti sa saṃcayo vasante 'rkraśmipravilāyita īṣatstabdhadehānāṃ dehināṃ ślaiṣmikān vyādhīn janayati | tā evauṣadhayo nidāghe niḥsārā rūkṣā atimātraṃ laghvyo bhavanty āpaś ca tā upayujyamānāḥ sūryapratāpopaśoṣitadehānāṃ dehināṃ raukṣyāl laghutvād vaiśadyāc ca vāyoḥ saṃcayam āpādyanti sa saṃcayaḥ prāvṛṣi cātyarthaṃ jalopaklinnāyāṃ bhūmau klinnadehānāṃ prāṇināṃ śītavātavarṣerito vātikān vyādhīn janayati | evam eṣa doṣāṇāṃ saṃcayaprakopahetur uktaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.12
1931 ed. 1.6.13 tatra varśāhemantagrīṣmeṣu saṃcitānāṃ doṣāṇāṃ śaradvasantaprāvṛṭsu ca prakupitānāṃ nirharaṇaṃ kartavyam ||
1931 ed. 1.6.14 tatra paittikānāṃ vyādhīnām upaśamo hemante ślaiṣmikāṇāṃ nidāghe vātikānāṃ śaradi svabhāvata eva ta ete saṃcayaprakopopaśamā vyākhyātāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.15 tatra pūrvāhṇe vasantasya liṅgaṃ madhyāhne grīṣmasya aparāhṇe prāvṛṣaḥ pradoṣe vārṣikāṃ śāradam ardharātre pratyuṣasi haimantam upalakṣayet evam ahorātram api varṣam iva śītoṣṇavarṣalakṣaṇaṃ doṣopacayaprakopopaśamair jānīyāt ||
1931 ed. 1.6.16 tatra avyāpanneṣv ṛtuṣv avyāpannā oṣadhayo bhavanty āpaś ca tā upayujyamānāḥ prāṇāyurbalavīryaujaskaryo bhavanti ||
1931 ed. 1.6.17 teṣāṃ punar vyāpado 'dṛṣṭakāritāḥ ṣītoṣṇavātavarṣāṇi khalu viparītāny oṣadhīr vyāpādayanty apaś ca ||
1931 ed. 1.6.18 tāsām upayogād vividharogaprādurbhāvo marako vā bhaved iti ||
1931 ed. 1.6.19 tatra avyāpannānām oṣadhīnām apāṃ copayogaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.20 kadācid avyāpanneṣv apy ṛtuṣu kṛtyābhiśāparakṣaḥkrodhādharmair upadhvasyante janapadāḥ viṣauṣadhipuṣpagandhena vāyunopanītenākramyate yo deśas tatra doṣaprakṛtyaviśeṣeṇa kāsaśvāsavamathupratiśyāyaśirorugjvarair upatapyante grahanakṣatracaritair vā gṛhadāraśayanāsanayānavāhanamaṇiratnopakaraṇagarhitalakṣaṇanimittaprādurbhāvair vā ||
1931 ed. 1.6.21 tatra sthāna parityāga śāntikarma prāyaścitta maṅgala japa homopahārejyāñjali namaskāra tapo niyama dayā dāna dīkṣābhyupagama devatā brāhmaṇa guru parair bhavitavyaṃ evaṃ sādhu bhavati ||
1931 ed. 1.6.22 ata ūrdhvam avyāpannānām ṛtūnāṃ lakṣaṇāny upadekṣyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.23ab vāyur vāty uttaraḥ śīto rajodhūmākulā diśaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.6.23cd channas tuṣāraiḥ saviyā himānaddhā jalāśayāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.24ab darpitā dhvāṅkṣakhaṅgāhvamahiṣorabhrakuñjarāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.6.24cd rodhrapriyaṅgupunnāgāḥ puṣpitā himasāhvaye ||
1931 ed. 1.6.25ab śiśire śītam adhikaṃ vātavṛṣṭyākulā diśaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.6.25cd śeṣaṃ hemantavat sarvaṃ vijñeyaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ budhaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.26ab siddhavidyādharavadhūcaraṇālaktakāṅkite |
1931 ed. 1.6.26cd malaye candanalatāpariṣvaṅgādhivāsite ||
1931 ed. 1.6.27ab vāti kāmijanānandajanano 'naṅgadīpanaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.6.27cd dampatyor mānabhiduro vasante dakṣiṇo 'nilaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.28ab diśo vasante vimalāḥ kānanair upaśobhitāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.6.28cd kiṃśukāmbhojabakulacūtāśokādipuṣpitaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.29ab kokilāṣaṭpadagaṇair upagītā manoharāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.6.29cd dakṣiṇānilasaṃvītāḥ sumukhāḥ pallavojjvalāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.30ab grīṣme tīkṣṇāṃśur ādityo māruto nairṛto 'sukhaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.6.30cd bhūs taptā saritas tanvyo diśaḥ prajvalitā iva ||
1931 ed. 1.6.31ab bhrāntacakrāhvayugalāḥ payaḥpānākulā mṛgāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.6.31cd dhvastavīruttṛṇalatā viparṇāṅkitapādapāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.32ab prāvṛṣy ambaram ānaddhaṃ paścimānilakarṣitaiḥ |
1931 ed. 1.6.32cd ambudair vidyududdyotaprasrutais tumulasvanaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.33ab komalaśyāmaśaṣpāḍhyā śakragopojjvalā mahī |
1931 ed. 1.6.33cd kadambanīpakuṭajasarjaketakibhūṣitā ||
1931 ed. 1.6.34ab tatra varṣasu nadyo 'mbhaśchanno{O.-t}khātataṭadrumāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.6.34cd vāpyaḥ protphullakumudanīlotpalavirājitāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.35ab bhūr avyaktasthalaśvabhrā bahuśasyopaśobhitā |
1931 ed. 1.6.35cd nātigarjatsravanmeghaniruddhārkagrahaṃ nabhaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.36ab babhrur uṣṇaḥ śarady arkaḥ śvetābhravimalaṃ nabhaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.6.36cd tathā sarāṃsy amburuhair bhānti haṃsāṃsaghaṭṭitaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.6.37ab paṅkaśuṣkadrumākīrṇā nimnonnatasameṣu bhūḥ |
1931 ed. 1.6.37cd bāṇasaptāhvabandhūkakāśāsanavirājitā ||
1931 ed. 1.6.38 svaguṇair atiyukteṣu viparīteṣu vā punaḥ |
viṣameṣv api vā doṣāḥ kupyanty ṛtuṣu dehinām ||
1931 ed. 1.6.39ab hared vasante śleṣmāṇaṃ pittaṃ śaradi nirharet |
1931 ed. 1.6.39cd varṣāsu śamayed vāyuṃ prāgvikārasamucchrayāt ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne ṛtucaryā nāma ṣasṭho 'dhyāyaḥ ||

saptamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.7.1 athāto yantravidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.7.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.7.3 yantraśatam ekottaraṃ atra hastam eva pradhānatamaṃ yantrāṇām avagaccha (?.kiṃ kāraṇaṃ yasmād dhastād ṛte yantrāṇām apravṛttir eva ) tadadhīnatvād yantrakarmaṇām ||
1931 ed. 1.7.4 tatra manaḥśarīrābādhakarāṇi śalyāni teṣām āharaṇopāyo yantrāṇi ||
1931 ed. 1.7.5 tāni ṣaṭprakārāṇi tad yathā svastikayantrāṇi saṃdaṃśayantrāṇi tālayantrāṇi nāḍīyantrāṇi śalākāyantrāṇi upayantrāṇi ceti ||
1931 ed. 1.7.6 tatra caturviṃśatiḥ svastikayantrāṇi dve saṃdaṃśayantre dve eva tālayantre viṃśatirnāḍyaḥ aṣṭāviṃśatiḥ śalākāḥ panñcaviṃśatirupayantrāṇi ||
1931 ed. 1.7.7 tāni prāyaśo lauhāni bhavanti tatpratirūpakāṇi vā tadalābhe ||
1931 ed. 1.7.8 tatra nānāprakārāṇāṃ vyālānāṃ mṛgapakṣiṇāṃ mukhair mukhāni yantrāṇāṃ prāyaśaḥ sadṛśāni tasmāt tatsārūpyādāgamādupadeśādanyayantradarśanādyuktitaś ca kārayet ||
1931 ed. 1.7.9ab samāhitāni yantrāṇi kharaślakṣṇamukhāni ca |
1931 ed. 1.7.9cd sudṛḍhāni surūpāṇi sugrahāṇi ca kārayet ||
1931 ed. 1.7.10 tatra svastikayantrāṇi aṣṭādaśāṅgulapramāṇāni siṃhavyāghravṛkatarakṣvṛkṣadvīpimārjāraśṛgālamṛgair ivārukakākakaṅkakuraracāsabhāsaśaśaghātyulūkacilliśyenagṛdhrakrauñcabhṛṅgarājāñjalikarṇāvabhañjananandi(ā.ndī)mukhamukhāni masūrākṛtibhiḥ kīlair avabaddhāni mūle 'ṅkuśavadāvṛttavāraṅgāṇi asthividaṣṭaśalyoddharaṇārtham upadiśyante ||
1931 ed. 1.7.11 sanigraho 'nigrahaś ca saṃdaṃśau ṣoḍaśāṅgulau bhvataḥ tau svaṅnāṃsasirāsnāyugataśalyoddharaṇārtham upadiśyete ||
1931 ed. 1.7.12 tālayantre dvādaśāṅgule matsyatālavadekatāladvitālake karṇanāsānāḍīśalyānāmāharaṇārtham ||
1931 ed. 1.7.13 nāḍīyantrāṇi apyanekaprakārāṇi anekaprayojanāni ekatomukhānyubhayatomukhāni ca tāni srotogataśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ rogadarśanārthaṃ ācūṣaṇārthaṃ kriyāsaukaryārthaṃ ceti tāni srotodvārapariṇāhāni yathāyogadīrghāṇi ca | tatra bhagandarārśovraṇabastyuttarabastimūtravṛddhidakodaradhūmaniruddhaprakaśasanniruddhagudayantrāṇy alābūśṛṅgayantrāṇi coprariṣṭād vakṣyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.7.14 śalākāyantrāṇy api nānāprakārāṇi nānāprayojanāni yathāyogapariṇāhadīrghāṇi ca teṣāṃ gaṇḍūpadasarpaphaṇaśarapuṅkhabaḍiśamukhe dve dve eṣaṇavyūhanacālanāharaṇārtham upadiśyete masūradalamātramukhe dve kiṃcidānatāgre srotogataśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ ṣaṭ kārpāsakṛtoṣṇīṣāṇi pramārjanakriyāsu trīṇi darvyākṛtīni khallamukhāni kṣārauṣadhapraṇidhānārthaṃ trīṇyanyāni jāmbavavadanāni trīṇyaṅkuśavadanāni ṣaḍevāgnikarmasvabhipretāni nāsārbudaharaṇārthamekaṃ kolāsthidalamātramukhaṃ khallatīkṣṇoṣṭhaṃ añjanārthamekaṃ kalāyaparimaṇḍalamubhuyato mukulāgraṃ mūtramārgaviśodhanārthamekaṃ mālatīpuṣpavṛntāgrapramāṇaparimaṇḍalam iti ||
1931 ed. 1.7.15 upayantrāṇyapi-rajjuveṇikāpaṭṭacarmāntavalkalalatāvastrāṣṭhīlāśmamudgarapāṇipādatalāṅgulijihvādantanakhamukhabālāśvakaṭakaśākhāṣṭhīvanapravāhaṇaharṣāyaskāntamayāni kṣārāgnibheṣajāni ceti ||
1931 ed. 1.7.16ab etāni dehe sarvasmin dehasyāvayave tathā |
1931 ed. 1.7.16cd saṃdhau koṣṭhe dhamanyāṃ ca yathāyogaṃ prayojayet ||
1931 ed. 1.7.17 yantrakarmāṇi tu nirghātanapūraṇabandhanavyūhanavartanacālanavivartanavivaraṇapīḍanamārgaviśodhanavikarṣaṇāharaṇāñchanonnamanavinamanabhañjanonmathanācūṣaṇaiṣaṇadāraṇarjūkaraṇaprakṣālanapradhamanapramārjanāni caturviṃśatiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.7.18ab svabuddhyā cāpi vibhajedyantrakarmāṇi buddhimān |
1931 ed. 1.7.18cd asaṃkhyeyavikalpatvāc chalyānām iti niścayaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.7.19 tatra atisthūlaṃ asāraṃ atidīrghaṃ atihrasvaṃ agrāhi viṣamagrāhi vakraṃ śithilaṃ atyunnataṃ mṛdukīlaṃ mṛdumukhaṃ mṛdupāśam iti dvādaśa yantradoṣāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.7.20ab etair doṣair vinirmuktaṃ yantramaṣṭādaśāṅgulam |
1931 ed. 1.7.20cd praśastaṃ bhiṣajā jñeyaṃ taddhi karmasu yojayet ||
1931 ed. 1.7.21ab dṛśyaṃ siṃhamukhādyais tu gūḍhaṃ kaṅkamukhādibhiḥ |
1931 ed. 1.7.21cd nirharet tu śanaiḥ śalyaṃ śa(ā.śā)strayuktivyapekṣayā ||
1931 ed. 1.7.22ab ni(ā.vi)vartate sādhvavagāhate ca śalyaṃ nigṛhyoddharate ca yasmāt ||
1931 ed. 1.7.22cd yantreṣv ataḥ kaṅkamukhaṃ pradhānaṃ sthāneṣu sarveṣv adhi(ā.vi)kāri caiva ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne yantravidhirnāma saptamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

aṣṭamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.8.1 athātaḥ śastrāvacāraṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.8.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.8.3 viṃśatiḥ śāstrāṇi tad yathā maṇḍalāgrakarapatravṛddhipatranakhaśastramudrikotpalapatrakārdhadhārasūcīkuśapatrāṭīmukhaśarārimaukhāntarmukhatrikūrcakakuṭhārikāvrīhimukhārāvetasapatrakabaḍiśadantaśaṅkveṣaṇya iti ||
1931 ed. 1.8.4 tatra maṇḍalāgrakarapatre syātāṃ chedane lekhane ca vṛddhipatranakhaśastramudrikotpalapatrakārdhadhārāṇi chedane bhedane ca sūcīkuśapatrāṭīmukhaśarārimukhāntarmukhatrikūrcakāni visrāvaṇe kuṭhārikāvrīhimukhārāvetasapatrakāṇi vyadhane sūcī ca baḍiśaṃ dantaśaṅkuś cāharaṇe eṣaṇyeṣaṇe ānulobhye ca sūcyaḥ sīvane ity aṣṭavidhe karmaṇyupayogaḥ śastrāṇāṃ vyākkhyātaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.8.5 teṣamatha yathāyogaṃ grahaṇasamāsopāyaḥ karmasuvakṣyate tatra vṛddhipatraṃ vṛntaphalasādhāraṇe bhāge gṛhṇīyādbhedanānyevaṃ sarvāṇi vṛddhipatraṃ maṇḍalāgraṃ ca kiṃciduttānena pāṇinā lekhane bahuśo 'vacāryaṃ vṛntāgre visrāvaṇāni viśeṣeṇa tu bālavṛddhasukumārabhīrunārīṇāṃ rājñāṃ rājaputrāṇāṃ ca trikūrcakena visrāvayet talapracchāditavṛntamaṅguṣṭhapradeśinībhyāṃ vrīhimukhaṃ kuṭhārikāṃ vāmahastanyastāmitarahastamadhyamāṅgulyā'ṅguṣṭhaviṣṭabdhayā'bhihanyāt ārākarapatraiṣaṇyo mūle śeṣāṇi tu yathāyogaṃ kṛhṇīyāt ||
1931 ed. 1.8.6 teṣāṃ nāmabhir evākṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyākhyātāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.8.7 tatra nakhaśastraiṣaṇyāvaṣṭāṅgule sūcyo vakṣyante (? pradeśinyagraparvapradeśapramāṇā mudrikā daśāṅgulā śarārimukhī sā ca kartarīti kathyate |) śeṣāṇi tu ṣaḍaṅgulāni ||
1931 ed. 1.8.8 tāni sugrahāṇi sulohāni sudhārāṇi surūpāṇi susamāhitamukhāgrāṇi akarālāni ceti śastrasaṃpat ||
1931 ed. 1.8.9 tatra vakraṃ kuṇṭhaṃ khaṇḍaṃ kharadhāraṃ atisthūlaṃ atitucchaṃ atidīrghaṃ atihrasvaṃ ity aṣṭau śastradoṣāḥ | ato viparītaguṇam ādadīta anyatra karapatrāt taddhi kharadhāramasthicchedanārtham//
1931 ed. 1.8.10 tatra dhārā bhedanānāṃ māsūrī lekhanānām ardhamāsūrī vyadhanānāṃ visrāvaṇānāṃ ca kaiśikī chedanānām ardhakaiśikīti ||
1931 ed. 1.8.11 baḍiśaṃ dantaśaṅkuś cānatāgre | tīkṣṇakaṇṭakaprathamayavapatramukhyeṣaṇī (? gaṇḍūpadākāramukhī ca ) ||
1931 ed. 1.8.12 teṣāṃ pāyanā trividhā kśārodakataileṣu | tatra kṣārapāyitaṃ śaraśalyāsthicchedaneṣu udakapāyitaṃ māṃsacchedanabhedanapāṭaneṣu tailapāyitaṃ sirāvyadhanasnāyucchedaneṣu ||
1931 ed. 1.8.13 teṣāṃ niśānārthaṃ ślakṣṇaśilā māṣavarṇā dhārāsaṃsthāpanārthaṃ śālmalīphalakam iti ||
1931 ed. 1.8.14 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.8.14ab yadā suniśitaṃ śastraṃ romacchedi susaṃsthitam |
1931 ed. 1.8.14cd sugṛhītaṃ pramāṇena tadā karmasu yojayet ||
1931 ed. 1.8.15 anuśastrāṇi tu tvaksārasphaṭikakācakuruvindajalaukognikṣāranakhagojīśephālikāśākapatrakarīrabālāṅgulaya iti ||
1931 ed. 1.8.16ab śiṣūnāṃ śastrabhīrūṇāṃ śastrābhāve ca yojayet |
1931 ed. 1.8.16cd tvaksārādicaturvargaṃ chedye ca buddhimān ||
1931 ed. 1.8.17ab āhāryacchedyabhedyeṣu nakhaṃ śakyeṣu yojayet |
1931 ed. 1.8.17cd vidhiḥ pravakṣyate paścāt kṣāravahnijalaukasām ||
1931 ed. 1.8.18ab ye syur mukhagatā rogā netravartmagatāś ca ye |
1931 ed. 1.8.18cd gojīśephālikāśākapatrair visrāvayet tu tān ||
1931 ed. 1.8.19ab eṣyeṣveṣaṇyalābhe tu bālāṅgulyaṅkurā hitāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.8.19cd śastrāṇy etāni matimān śuddhaśaikyāyasāni tu |
1931 ed. 1.8.19ef kārayet karaṇaprāptaṃ karmāraṃ karmakovidam ||
1931 ed. 1.8.20ab prayogajñasya vaidyasya siddhir bhavati nity aśaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.8.20cd tasmāt paricayaṃ kuryāc chastrāṇāṃ grahaṇe sadā ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne śastrāvacāraṇīyo nāmāṣṭamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

navamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.9.1 athāto yogyāsūtrīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.9.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.9.3 adhigatasarvaśāstrārtham api śiṣyaṃ yogyāṃ kārayet | snehādiṣu chedyādīṣu ca karmapatham upadiśet | subahuśruto 'pyakṛtayogyaḥ karmasvayogyo bhavati ||
1931 ed. 1.9.4 tatra puṣpaphalālābūkālindakatrapusai(ā.so)rvārukarkārukaprabhṛtiṣu chedyaviśeṣān darśayet utkartanaparikartanāni copadiśet dṛtibastiprasevakaprabhṛtiṣūdakapaṅkapūrṇeṣu bhedyayogyāṃ saromṇi carmaṇyātate lekhyasya mṛtapaśusirāsūtpalanāleṣu ca vedhyasya ghuṇopahatakāṣṭhaveṇunalanālīśuṣkālābūmukheṣveṣyasya panasabimbībilvaphalamajjamṛtapaśudanteṣvāhāryasya madhūcchiṣṭopalipte śālmalīphalake visrāvyasya sūkṣmaghanavastrāntayor mṛducarmāntayoś ca sīvyasya pustamayapuruśāṅgapratyaṅgaviśeṣeṣu bandhanayogyāṃ mṛducarmamāṃsapeśīṣūtpalanāleṣu ca karṇasandhibandhayogyāṃ mṛduṣu māṃsakhaṇḍeṣv agnikṣārayogyāṃ udakapūṇaghaṭapārśvasrotasyalābūmukhādiṣu ca netrapraṇidhānabastivraṇabastipīḍanayogyām iti ||
1931 ed. 1.9.5 bhavataś cātra |
1931 ed. 1.9.5ab evam ādiṣu medhāvī yogyārheṣu yathāvidhi |
1931 ed. 1.9.5cd dravyeṣu yogyāṃ kurvāṇo na pramuhyati karmasu ||
1931 ed. 1.9.6ab tasmāt kauśalamanvicchan śastrakṣārāgnikarmasu |
1931 ed. 1.9.6cd yasya yatreha sādharmyaṃ tatra yogyāṃ samācaret ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne yogyāsūtrīyo nāma navamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

daśamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.10.1 athāto viśikhānupraveśanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.10.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.10.3 adhigatatantreṇopāsitatantrārthena dṛṣṭakarmaṇā kṛtayogyena śāstraṃ nigadatā rājānujñātena nīcanakharomṇā ṣucinā śuklavastraparihitena chatravatā daṇḍahastena sopānatkenānuddhataveśena sumanasā kalyāṇābhivyāhāreṇākuhakena bandhubhūtena bhūtānāṃ susahāyavatā vaidyena niśikhā'nupraveṣṭavyā ||
1931 ed. 1.10.4 tato dūtanimittaśakunamaṅgalānulomyenāturagṛhamabhigamya upaviśya āturamabhipaśyet spṛśet pṛcchec ca tribhir etair vijñānopāyai rogāḥ prāyaśo veditavyā ity eke tat tu na samyak ṣaḍvidho hi rogāṇāṃ vijñānopāyaḥ tad yathā pañcabhiḥ śrotrādibhiḥ praśnena ceti ||
1931 ed. 1.10.5 tatra śrotrendriyavijñeyā viśeṣā rogeṣu vraṇāsrāvanijñānīyādiṣu vakṣyante tatra saphenaṃ raktam īrayann anilaḥ saśabdo nirgacchati ity evam ādayaḥ sparśanendriyavijñeyāḥ śītoṣṇaślakṣṇakarkaśamṛdukaṭhinatvād ayaḥ sparśaviśeṣā jvaraśophādeṣu cakṣurindriyavijñeyāḥ śarīropacayāpacayāyurlakṣaṇabalavarṇavikārādayaḥ rasanendriyavijñeyāḥ pramehādiṣu rasaviśeṣāḥ ghrāṇendriyavijñeyā ariṣṭaliṅgādiṣu vraṇānāmavraṇānāṃ ca gandhaviśeṣāḥ praśnena ca vijānīyāddeśaṃ kālaṃ jātiṃ sātmyamātaṅkasamutpattiṃ vedanāsamucchrāyaṃ balamantaragniṃ vātamūtrapurīṣāṇāṃ pravṛttyapravṛttī kālaprakarṣādīṃś ca viśeṣān | ātmasadṛśeṣu vijñānābhyupāyeṣu tatsthānīyair jānīyāt ||
1931 ed. 1.10.6 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.10.6ab mithyādṛṣṭā vikārā hi durākhyātās tathaiva ca |
1931 ed. 1.10.6cd tathā duṣparimṛṣṭāś ca mohayeyuś cikitsakam ||
1931 ed. 1.10.7 yāpayet asādhyān nopakramet parisaṃvatsarotthitāṃś ca vikārān prāyaśo varjayet ||
1931 ed. 1.10.8 tatra sādhyā api vyādhayaḥ prāyeṇaiṣāṃ duścikitsyatamā bhavanti | tad yathā śrotriyanṛpatistrībālavṛddhabhīrurājasevakakitavadrubalavaidyavidagdhavyādhigopakadaridrakṛpaṇakrodhanānāmanātmavatāmanāthānāṃ ca evaṃ nirūpya cikitsāṃ kurvan dharmārthakāmayaśāṃsi prāpnoti ||
1931 ed. 1.10.9 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.10.9ab strībhiḥ sahāsyāṃ saṃvāsaṃ parihāsaṃ ca varjayet |
1931 ed. 1.10.9cd dattaṃ ca tābhyo nādeyam annād anyad bhiṣagvaraiḥ ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne viśikhānupraveśanīyo nāma daśamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

ekādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.11.1 athātaḥ kṣārapākavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.3 śastrānuśastrebhyaḥ kṣāraḥ pradhānatamaḥ chedyabhedyalekhyakaraṇāt tridoṣaghnatvād viśeṣakriyāvacāraṇāc ca ||
1931 ed. 1.11.4 tatra kṣaraṇāt kṣaṇanād vā kṣāraḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.5 nānauṣadhisamavāyāt tridoṣaghnaḥ śuklatvāt saumyaḥ tasya saumyasyāpi sato dahanapacanadāraṇādiśaktiraviruddhā sa khalv āgneyauṣadhiguṇabhūyiṣṭhatvāt kaṭuka uṣṇastīkṣṇaḥ pa(ā.pā)cano vilayanaḥ śodhano ropaṇaḥ śoṣaṇaḥ stambhano lekhanaḥ kṛmyāmakaphakuṣṭhaviṣamedasām upahantā puṃstvasya cātisevitaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.6 sa dvividhaḥ pratisāraṇīyaḥ pānīyaś ca ||
1931 ed. 1.11.7 tatra pratisāraṇīyaḥ kuṣṭhakiṭibhadadrumaṇḍalakilāsabhagandarārbudārśoduṣṭavraṇanāḍīcarmakīlatilakālakanyacchavyaṅgamaśakabāhyavidradhikṛmiviṣādiṣūpadiśyate saptasu ca mukharogeṣūpajihvādhijihvopakuśadantavaidarbheṣu tisṛṣu ca rohiṇīṣu eteṣv evānuśastrapraṇidhānam uktam ||
1931 ed. 1.11.8 pānīyas tu garagulmodarāgnisaṅgājīrṇārocakānāhaśarkarāśmaryābhyantaravidradhikṛmiviṣārśaḥsūpayujyate ||
1931 ed. 1.11.9 ahitastu raktapitta(ā.tti)jvaritapittaprakṛtibālavṛddhadurbalabhramamadamūrcchātimiraparītebhyo 'nyebhyaś caivaṃvidhebhyaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.10 taṃ cetarakṣāravad dagdhvā parisrāvayet tasya vistaro 'nyatra ||
1931 ed. 1.11.11 athetaras trividho mṛdurmadhyastīkṣṇaś ca | taṃ cikīrṣuḥ śaradi girisānujaṃ śucir upoṣya praśaste 'hani praśastadeśajātam anupahataṃ madhyamavayasaṃ mahāntamasitamuṣkakamadhivāsyāparedyuḥ pāṭayitvā svaṇḍaśaḥ prakalpyāvapāṭya nirvāte deśe nicitiṃ kṛtvā sudhāśarkarāś ca prakṣipya nilanālair ādīpayet | athopaśānte 'gnau tadbhasma pṛthaggṛhṇīyādbhasmaśarkarāś ca | athānenaiva vidhānena kuṭajapalāśāśvakarṇapāribhadrakabibhītakāragvadhatilvakārkasnuhyapāmārgapāṭalānaktamālavṛṣakadalīcitrakapūtīkendravṛkṣāsphotāśvamārakasaptacchadāgnimanthaguñjāś catasraś ca kośātakīḥ samūlaphalapatraśākhā dahet | tataḥ kṣāradroṇam udakadroṇaiḥ ṣaḍbhir āloḍya mūtrair vā yathoktair ekaviṃśatikṛtvaḥ parisrāvya mahati kaṭāhe śanair darvyāvaghaṭṭayan vipacet | sa yadā bhavaty accho raktas tīkṣṇaḥ picchilaś ca tamādāya mahati vastre parisrāvyetaraṃ vibhajya punar agnāv adhiśrayet | tata eva cakṣārodakāt kuḍavamadhyardhaṃ vā'panayet | tataḥ kaṭaśarkarābhasmaśarkarākṣīrapākaśaṅkhanābhīragnivarṇāḥ kṛtvā+āyase pātre tasminn eva kṣārodake niṣicya piṣṭvā tenaiva dvidroṇe 'ṣṭapalasaṃmitaṃ śaṅkhānābhyādīnāṃ pramāṇaṃ prativāpya satatam aprmattaś cainam avaghaṭṭayan vipacet | sa yathā nātisāndro nātidravaś ca bhavati tathā prayateta | athainam āgatapākam avatāryānuguptam āyase kumbhe saṃvṛtamukhe nidadhyād eṣa madhyamaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.12 eṣa evāpratīvāpaḥ pakvaḥ saṃvyūhimo sṛduḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.13 pratīvāpe yathālābhaṃ dantīdravantīcitrakalāṅgalakīpūtikapravālatālapatrīviḍasuvarcikākanakakṣīrīhiṅguvacātiviṣāḥ samāḥ ślakṣṇacūrṇāḥ śuktipramāṇāḥ pratīvāpaḥ | sa eva sapratīvāpaḥ pakvaḥ pākyastīkṣṇaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.14 teṣāṃ yathāvyādhibalam upayogaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.15 kṣīṇabale tu kṣārodakamāvapedbalakaraṇārtham ||
1931 ed. 1.11.16 bhavataś cātra |
1931 ed. 1.11.16ab naivātitīkṣṇo na mṛduḥ śuklaḥ ślakṣṇo 'tha picchilaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.11.16cd aviṣyandī śivaḥ śīghraḥ kṣāro hy aṣṭaguṇaḥ smṛtaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.17ab atimārdavaśvaityauṣṇyataikṣṇyapaicchilyasarpitāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.11.17cd sāndratāpakvatā hīnadravyatā doṣa ucyate ||
1931 ed. 1.11.18 tatra kṣārasādhyavyādhivyādhitam upaveśya nivātātape deśe 'saṃbādhe 'gropaharaṇīyoktena vidhānenopasaṃbhṛtasaṃbhāraṃ tato 'sya tamavakāśaṃ nirīkṣyāvaghṛṣyāvalikhya pracchayitvā śalākayā kṣāraṃ pratisārayet dattvā vākśatamātramupekṣeta ||
1931 ed. 1.11.19ab tasminnipatite vyādhau kṛṣṇatā dagdhalakṣaṇam |
1931 ed. 1.11.19cd tatrāmlavargaḥ śamanaḥ sarpirmadhukasaṃyutaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.20ab atha cet sthiramūlatvāt kṣāradagdhaṃ ca śīryate |
1931 ed. 1.11.20cd idamālepanaṃ tatra samagramavacārayet ||
1931 ed. 1.11.21ab amlakāñjikabījāni tilān madhukam eva ca |
1931 ed. 1.11.21cd prapeṣya samabhāgāni tenainamanulepayet ||
1931 ed. 1.11.22ab tilakalkaḥ samadhuko ghṛtākto vraṇaropaṇaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.11.22cd rasenāmlena tīkṣṇena vīryoṣṇena ca yojitaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.23ab āgneyenāgninā tulyaḥ kathaṃ kṣāraḥ praśāmyati |
1931 ed. 1.11.23cd evaṃ cen manyase vatsa procyamānaṃ nibodha me ||
1931 ed. 1.11.24ab kaṭukas tatra bhūyiṣṭho lavaṇo 'nurasas tathā |
1931 ed. 1.11.24cd amlena saha saṃyuktaḥ satīkṣṇalavaṇo rasaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.25ab mādhuyaṃ bhajate 'tyarthaṃ tīkṣṇabhāvaṃ vimuñcati |
1931 ed. 1.11.25cd mādhuryācchamamāpnoti vahniradbhir ivāplutaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.26 tatra samyagdagdhe vikāropaśamo lāghavamanāsrāvaś ca || hīnadagdhe todakaṇḍujāḍyāni vyādhivṛddhiś ca || atidagdhe dāhapākarāgasrāvāṅgamardaklamapipāsāmūrcchāḥ syur maraṇaṃ vā ||
1931 ed. 1.11.27 kṣāradagdhavraṇaṃ tu yathādoṣaṃ yathādoṣaṃ yathāvyādhi copakramet ||
1931 ed. 1.11.28 atha naite kṣārakṛtyāḥ tad yathā durbalabālasthavirabhīrusarvāṅgaśūnodariraktapittigarbhiṇyṛtumatīpravṛddhajvaripramehirūkṣakṣatakṣīṇatṛṣṇāmūrcchopadrutaklībāpavṛttodvṛttaphalayonayaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.11.29 tathā marmasirāsnāyusandhitaruṇāsthisevanīdhamanīgalanābhinakhāntaḥśephaḥsrotaḥsvalpamāṃseṣu ca pradeśeṣv akṣṇoś ca na dadyādanyatra vartmarogāt ||
1931 ed. 1.11.30 tatra kṣārasādhyeṣv api vyādhiṣu śūnagātramasthiśūlinamannadveṣiṇaṃ hṛdayasandhipīḍopadrutaṃ ca kṣāro na sādhayati ||
1931 ed. 1.11.31 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.11.31ab viṣāgniśastrāśanimṛtyukalpaḥ kṣāro bhavatyalpamatiprayuktaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.11.31cd sa dhīmatā samyaganuprayukto rogānnihanyādacireṇa ghorān ||

iti śrīsuśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne kṣārapākavidhirnāmaikādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

dvādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.12.1 athāto 'gnikarmavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.12.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.12.3 kṣārādagnirgarīyān kriyāsu vyākhyātaḥ taddagdhānāṃ rogāṇāmapunarbhāvādbheṣajaśastrakṣārair asādhyānāṃ satsādhyatvāc ca ||
1931 ed. 1.12.4 athemāni dahanopakaraṇāni tad yathā pippalyajāśakṛdgodantaśaraśalākājāmbavauṣṭhetaralauhāḥ kṣaudraguḍasnehāś ca | tatra pippalyajāśakṛdgodantaśaraśalākāstvaggatānāṃ jāmbavauṣṭhetaralauhā māṃsagatānāṃ kṣaudraguḍasnehāḥ sirāsnāyusandhyasthigatānām ||
1931 ed. 1.12.5 tatrāgnikarma sarvartuṣu kuryād anyatra śaradgrīṣmābhyāṃ tatrāpyātyayike 'gnikarmasādhye vyādhau tatpratyanīkaṃ vidhiṃ kṛtvā ||
1931 ed. 1.12.6 sarvavyādhiṣvṛtuṣu ca picchilamannaṃ bhuktavataḥ (? karma kurvīta) aśmarībhagandarārśomukharogeṣv abhuktavataḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.12.7 tatra dvividhamagnikarmāhureke tvagdagdhaṃ māṃsadagdhaṃ ca iha tu sirāsnāyusandhyasthiṣv api va pratiṣiddho 'gniḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.12.8 tatra śabdaprādurbhāvo durgandhatā tvaksaṃkocaś ca tvagdagdhe kapotavarṇatā'lpaśvayathuvedanā śuṣkasaṃkucitavraṇatā ca māṃsadagdhe kṛṣṇonnatavraṇatā srāvasannirodhaś ca sirāsnāyudagdhe rūkṣāruṇatā karkaśasthiravraṇatā ca sandhyasthidagdhe ||
1931 ed. 1.12.9 tatra śirorogādhimanthayor bhrūlalāṭaśaṅkhapradeśeṣu dahet vartmarogeṣvārdrālaktakapraticchannāṃ dṛṣṭiṃ kṛvā vartmaromakūpān (? dahet ) ||
1931 ed. 1.12.10 tvaṅnāṃsasirāsnāyusandhyasthisthite 'tyugraruji vāyāvucchritakaṭhinasupramāṃse vraṇe granthyarśo 'rbudabhagandarāpacīślīpadacarmakīlatilakālakāntravṛddhisandhisirācchedanādiṣu nāḍīśoṇitātipravṛttiṣu cāgnikarma kuryāt ||
1931 ed. 1.12.11 tatra valaya-bindu-vilekhā-pratisāraṇānīti dahanaviśeṣāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.12.12 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.12.12ab rogasya saṃsthānamavekṣya samyaṅgarasya marmāṇi balābalaṃ ca |
1931 ed. 1.12.12cd vyādhiṃ tathartuṃ ca samīkṣya samyak tato vyavasyed bhiṣagagnikarma ||
1931 ed. 1.12.13 tatra samyagdagdhe madhusarpirbhyāmabhyaṅgaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.12.14 athemānagninā pariharet pittaprakṛtimantaḥśoṇitaṃ bhinnakoṣṭhamanuddhṛtaśalyaṃ durbalaṃ bālaṃ vṛddhaṃ bhīrumanekavraṇapīḍitamasvedyāṃś ceti ||
1931 ed. 1.12.15 ata ūrdhvamitarathādagdhalakṣaṇaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra snigdhaṃ rūkṣaṃ va+āśritya dravyam agnir dahati agnisaṃtapto hi snehaḥ sūkṣmasirānusāritvāt tvagādīn anupraviśyāśu dahati tasmāt snehadagdhe 'dhikā rujo bhavanti ||
1931 ed. 1.12.16 tatra pluṣṭaṃ durdagdhaṃ samyagdagdhamatidagdhaṃ ceti caturvidhamagnidagdham | tatra yadvivarṇaṃ pluṣyate 'timātraṃ tat pluṣṭaṃ yatrottiṣṭhanti sphoṭāstīvrāś coṣadāharāgapākavedanāś cirāccopaśāmyanti taddrudagdhaṃ samyagdgdhamanavagāḍhaṃ tālaphalavarṇaṃ susaṃsthitaṃ pūrvalakṣaṇayuktaṃ ca atidagdhe māṃsāvalambanaṃ gātraviśleṣaḥ sirāsnāyusandhyasthivyāpādanamatimātraṃ jvaradāhapipāsāmūrcchāś copadravā bhavanti vraṇaś cāsya cireṇa rohati rūḍhaś ca vivarṇo bhavati | tadetaccaturvidhamagnidagdhalakṣaṇamātmakarmaprasādhakaṃ(ā.naṃ)bhavati ||
1931 ed. 1.12.17 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.12.17ab agninā kopitaṃ raktaṃ bhṛśaṃ jantoḥ prakupyati |
1931 ed. 1.12.17cd tatas tenaiva vegena pittam asyābhyudīryate ||
1931 ed. 1.12.18ab tulyavīrye ubhe hyete rasato dravyatas tathā |
1931 ed. 1.12.18cd tenāsya vedanāstīvrāḥ prakṛtyā ca vidahyate |
1931 ed. 1.12.19ab sphoṭāḥ śīghraṃ prajāyante jvarastṛṣṇā ca vardhate ||
1931 ed. 1.12.19cd dagdhasyopaśamārthāya cikitsā saṃpravakṣyate ||
1931 ed. 1.12.20ab pluṣṭasyāgnipratapanaṃ kāryamuṣṇaṃ tathauṣadham |
1931 ed. 1.12.20cd śarīre svinnabhūyiṣṭhe svinnaṃ bhavati śoṇitam ||
1931 ed. 1.12.21ab prakṛtyā hyudakaṃ śītaṃ skandayatyatiśoṇitam |
1931 ed. 1.12.21cd tasmāt sukhayati hyuṣṇaṃ natu śītaṃ kathaṃcana ||
1931 ed. 1.12.22ab śītāmuṣṇāṃ ca durdagdhe kriyāṃ kuryād bhiṣak punaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.12.22cd ghṛtālepanasekāṃs tu śītānevāsya kārayet ||
1931 ed. 1.12.23ab samyagdagdhe tugākṣīrīplakṣacandanagairikaiḥ |
1931 ed. 1.12.23cd sāmṛtaiḥ sarpiṣā snigdhair ālepaṃ kārayed bhiṣak ||
1931 ed. 1.12.24ab grāmyānūpaudakaiś cainaṃ piṣṭair māṃsaiḥ pralepayet |
1931 ed. 1.12.24cd pittavidradhivaccainaṃ santatoṣmāṇamācaret ||
1931 ed. 1.12.25ab atidagdhe viśīrṇāni māṃsānyuddhṛtya śītalām |
1931 ed. 1.12.25cd kriyāṃ kuryād bhiṣak paś cācchālitaṇḍulakaṇḍanaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.12.26ab tindukītvakkapālair vā ghṛtamiśraiḥ pralepayet |
1931 ed. 1.12.26cd vraṇaṃ guḍūcīpatrair vā chādayed athavaudakaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.12.27ab kriyāṃ ca nikhilāṃ kuryād bhiṣak pittavisarpavat |
1931 ed. 1.12.27cd madhūcchiṣṭaṃ samadhukaṃ rodhraṃ sarjarasaṃ tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.12.28ab mañjiṣṭhāṃ cadanaṃ mūrvāṃ piṣṭvā sarpir vipācayet |
1931 ed. 1.12.28cd sarveṣāmagnidagdhānām etad ropaṇam uttamam ||
1931 ed. 1.12.29ab snehadagdhe kriyāṃ rūkṣāṃ viśeṣeṇāvacārayet |
1931 ed. 1.12.29cd ata ūrdhvaṃ pravakṣyāmi dhūmopahatalakṣaṇam ||
1931 ed. 1.12.30ab śvasiti kṣauti cātyarthamatyādhamati kāsate |
1931 ed. 1.12.30cd cakṣuṣoḥ paridāhaś ca rāgaś caivopajāyate ||
1931 ed. 1.12.31ab sadhūmakaṃ niśvasiti ghreyamanyanna vetti ca |
1931 ed. 1.12.31cd tathaiva ca rasān sarvān śrutiś cāsyopahanyate ||
1931 ed. 1.12.32ab tṛṣṇādāhajvarayutaḥ sīdatyatha ca mūrcchati |
1931 ed. 1.12.32cd dhūmopahata ity evaṃ śṛṇu tasya cikitsitam ||
1931 ed. 1.12.33ab sarpirikṣurasaṃ drākṣāṃ payo vā śarkarāmbu vā |
1931 ed. 1.12.33cd madhurāmlau rasau vā'pi vamanāya pradāpayet ||
1931 ed. 1.12.34ab vamataḥ koṣṭhaśuddhiḥ syāddhūmagandhaś ca naśyati |
1931 ed. 1.12.34cd vidhinā'nena śāmyanti sadanakṣavathujvarāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.12.35ab dāhamūrcchātṛḍādhmānaśvāsakāsāś ca dāruṇāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.12.35cd madhurair lavaṇāmlaiś ca kaṭukaiḥ kavalagrahaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.12.36ab samyaggṛhṇātīndriyārthān manaś cāsya prasīdati |
1931 ed. 1.12.36cd śirovirecanaṃ cāsmai dadyādyogena śāstravit ||
1931 ed. 1.12.37ab dṛṣṭirviśudhyate cāsya śirogrīvaṃ ca dehinaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.12.37cd avidāhi laghu snigdhamāhāraṃ cāsya kalpayet ||
1931 ed. 1.12.38ab uṣṇavātātapair dagdhe śītaḥ kāryo vidhiḥ sadā |
1931 ed. 1.12.38cd śītavarṣānilair dagdhe snigdhamuṣṇaṃ ca śasyate ||
1931 ed. 1.12.39ab tathā'titejasā dagdhe siddhirnāsti kathaṃcan |
1931 ed. 1.12.39cd indravajrāgnidaghe 'pi jīvati pratikārayet ||

iti śrīsuśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne 'gnikarmavidhair nāma dvādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

trayodaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

The vulgate text is here transcribed from the 1938 edition, not the 1931 edition.
1938 ed. 1.13.1 athāto jalaukāvacāraṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.3 nṛpāḍhya bāla sthavira bhīru durbala nārī sukumārāṇām anugrahārthaṃ paramasukumāro 'yaṃ śoṇitāvasecanopāyo 'bhihito jalaukasaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.4 tatra vātapittakaphaduṣṭaśoṇitaṃ yathāsaṃkhyaṃ śṛṅgajalaukālābubhir avasecayet sarvāṇi sarvair vā (viśeṣas tu visrāvyaṃ śṛṅgajalaukālābubhir gṛhṇīyāt) ||
1938 ed. 1.13.5ab bhavanti cātra ślokāḥ |
uṣṇaṃ samadhuraṃ snigdhaṃ gavāṃ śṛṅgaṃ prakīrtitam |
tasmād vātopasṛṣṭe tu hitaṃ tad avasecane ||
1938 ed. 1.13.6 śītādhivāsā madhurā jalaukā vārisaṃbhavā |
tasmāt pittopasṛṣṭe tu hitā sā tv avasecane ||
1938 ed. 1.13.7 alābu kaṭukaṃ rūkṣaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ ca parikīrtitam |
tasmāc chleṣmopasṛṣṭe tu hitaṃ tad avasecane ||
1938 ed. 1.13.8 tatra pracchite tanu basti paṭalāvanaddhena śṛṅgeṇa śoṇitam avasecayed ācūṣaṇāt sāntardīpayā 'lābvā | (jalāyukā vakṣyante) ||
1938 ed. 1.13.9 jalam āsām āyur iti jalāyukāḥ jalam āsām oka iti jalaukasaḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.10 tā dvādaśa tāsāṃ saviṣāḥ ṣaṭ tāvatya eva nirviṣāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.11 tatra saviṣāḥ kṛṣṇā karburā alagardā indrāyudhā sāmudrikā gocandanā ceti | tāsu añjanacūrṇavarṇā pṛthuśirāḥ kṛṣṇā varmimatsyavad āyatā chinnonnatakukṣiḥ karburā romaśā mahāpārśvā kṛṣṇamukhī alagardā indrāyudhavad ūrdhvarājibhiś citritā indrāyudhā īṣadasitapītikā vicitrapuṣpākṛticitrā sāmudrikāḥ govṛṣaṇavad adhobhāge dvidhābhūtākṛtir aṇumukhī gocandaneti | tābhir daṣṭe puruṣe daṃśe śvayathur atimātraṃ kaṇḍūrmūrcchā jvaro dāhaś chardir madaḥ sadanam iti liṅgāni bhavanti | tatra mahāgadaḥ pānālepananasya karmādiṣūpayojyaḥ | indrāyudhādaṣṭam asādhyam | ity etāḥ saviṣāḥ sacikitsitā vyākhyātāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.12 atha nirviṣāḥ kapilā piṅgalā śaṅkumukhī mūṣikā puṇḍarīkamukhī sāvarikā ceti | tatra manaḥśilārañjitābhyām iva pārśvābhyāṃ pṛṣṭhe snigdhā mudgavarṇā kapilā kiṃcidraktā vṛttakāyā piṅgalā ''śugā ca piṅgalā yakṛdvarṇā śīghrapāyinī dīrghatīkṣṇamukhī śaṅkumukhīḥ mūṣikākṛtivarṇā 'niṣṭagandhā ca mūṣikā mudgavarṇā puṇḍarīkatulyavaktrā puṇḍarīkamukhī snigdhā padmapatravarṇā 'ṣṭādaśāṅgulapramāṇā sāvarikā sā ca paśvarthe ity etā aviṣā vyākhyātāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.13 tāsāṃ yavanapāṇḍyasahya pautanādīni kṣetrāṇi teṣu mahāśarīrā balavatyaḥ śīghrapāyinyo mahāśanā nirviṣāś ca viśeṣeṇa bhavanti |
1938 ed. 1.13.14 tatra saviṣamatsyakīṭadarduramūtrapurīṣakothajātāḥ kaluṣeṣv ambhaḥsu ca saviṣāḥ padmotpalanalinakumudasaugandhikakuvalayapuṇḍarīkaśaivalakothajātā vimaleṣv ambhaḥsu ca nirviṣāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.15 bhavati cātra |
kṣetreṣu vicaranty etāḥ salilāḍhyasugandhiṣu |
na ca saṃkīrṇacāriṇyo na ca paṅkeśayāḥ sukhāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.16 tāsāṃ grahaṇam ārdracarmaṇā, anyair vā prayogair gṛhṇīyāt ||
1938 ed. 1.13.17 athaināṃ nave mahati ghaṭe sarastaḍāgodakapaṅkam āvāpya nidadhyāt bhakṣyārthe cāsām upaharec chaivalaṃ vallūram audakāṃś ca kandāṃś cūrṇīkṛtya śayyārthaṃ tṛṇam audakāni ca patrāṇi tryahāt tryahāc cābhyo 'nyaj jalaṃ bhakṣyaṃ ca dadyāt saptarātrāt saptarātrāc ca ghaṭam anyaṃ saṃkrāmayet ||
1938 ed. 1.13.18 bhavati cātra |
sthūlamadhyāḥ parikliṣṭāḥ pṛthvyo mandaviceṣṭitāḥ |
agrāhiṇyo 'lpapāyinyaḥ saviṣāś ca na pūjitāḥ ||
1938 ed. 1.13.19 atha jalauko 'vasekasādhyavyādhitam upaveśya saṃveśya vā virūkṣya cāsya tam avakāśaṃ mṛdgomayacūrṇair yady arujaḥ syāt | gṛhītāś ca tāḥ sarṣaparajanī kalkodaka pradigdha gātrīḥ salilasarakamadhye muhūrtasthitā vigataklamā jñātvā tābhī rogaṃ grāhayet | ślakṣṇaśuklārdrapicuprotāvacchannāṃ kṛtvā mukham apāvṛṇuyāt agṛhṇantyai kṣīrabinduṃ śoṇitabinduṃ vā dadyāt, śastrapadāni vā kurvīta yady evam api na gṛhṇīyāt tadā'nyāṃ grāhayet ||
1938 ed. 1.13.20 yadā ca niviśate 'śvakhuravad ānanaṃ kṛtvonnamya ca skandhaṃ tadā jānīyād gṛhṇātīti gṛhṇantīṃ cārdravastrāvacchannāṃ kṛtvā dhārayet ||
1938 ed. 1.13.21 daṃśe toda kaṇḍu prādur bhāvair jānīyāc chuddham iyam ādatta iti śuddham ādadānām apanayet atha śoṇitagandhena na muñcen mukham asyāḥ saindhavacūrṇenāvakiret ||
1938 ed. 1.13.22 atha patitāṃ taṇḍula kaṇḍana pradigdhagātrīṃ tailalavaṇābhyaktamukhīṃ vāmahastāṅguṣṭhāṅgulībhyāṃ gṛhītapucchāṃ dakṣiṇahastāṅguṣṭhāṅgulibhyāṃ śanaiḥ śanair anulomam anumārjayed ā mukhāt vāmayet tāvad yāvat samyagvāntaliṅgānīti | samyagvāntā salilasarake nyastā bhoktukāmā satī caret | yā sīdatī na ceṣṭate sā durvāntā tāṃ punaḥ samyag vāmayet | durvāntāyā vyādhir asādhya indramado nāma bhavati |
atha suvāntāṃ pūrvavat sannidadhyāt ||
1938 ed. 1.13.23 śoṇitasya yogāyogān avekṣya śatadhautaghṛtābhyaṅgas tat picudhāraṇaṃ vāi jalaukovraṇān madhunā 'vaghaṭṭayet śitābhir adbhiś pariṣecayed badhnīta vā kaṣāyamadhurasnigdhaśītaiś ca pradehaiḥ pradihyād iti ||
1938 ed. 1.13.24 bhavati cātra | kṣetrāṇi grahaṇaṃ jātīḥ poṣaṇaṃ sāvacāraṇam |
jalaukasāṃ ca yo vetti tat sādhyān sa jayed gadān ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne jalaukāvacāraṇīyo nāma trayodaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

caturdaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.14.1 athātaḥ śoṇitavarṇanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.14.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.14.3 tatra pāñcabhautikasya caturvidhasya ṣaḍrasasya dvividhavīryasyāṣṭavidhāvīryasya vā'nekaguṇasyopayuktasyāhārasya samyakpariṇatasya yas tejobhūtaḥ sāraḥ paramasūkṣmaḥ sa rasa ity ucyate tasya ca hṛdayaṃ sthānaṃ sa hṛdayāc caturviṃśati dhamanīr anupraviśyor dhvagā daśa daśa cādhogāminyaś catasraś ca tiryaggāḥ kṛtsnaṃ śarīram aharahas tarpayati vardhayati dhārayati yāpayati cādṛṣṭahetukena karmaṇā | tasya śarīram anusarato 'numānād gatir upalakṣayitavyā kṣayavṛddhivaikṛtaiḥ | tasmin sarvaśarīrāvayavadoṣadhātumalāśayānusāriṇi rase jijñāsā kim ayaṃ saumyas taijasa iti | atrocyate sa khalu dravānusārī snehanajīvanatarpaṇadhāraṇādibhir viśeṣaiḥ saumya ity avagamyate ||
1931 ed. 1.14.4 sa khalv āpyo raso yakṛtplīhānau prāpya rāgam upaiti ||
1931 ed. 1.14.5 bhavataś cātra |
rañjitās tejasā tv āpaḥ śarīrasthena dehinām |
avyāpannāḥ prasannena raktam ity abhidhīyate ||
1931 ed. 1.14.6 rasād eva striyā raktaṃ rajaḥsaṃjñaṃ pravartate | tad varṣād dvyādaśād ūrdhvaṃ yāti pañcāśataḥ kṣayam ||
1931 ed. 1.14.7 ārtavaṃ śoṇitaṃ tv āgneyaṃ agnīṣomīyatvād garbhasya ||
1931 ed. 1.14.8 pāñcabhautikaṃ tv apare jīvaraktam āhur ācāryāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.14.9 vesratā dravatā rāgaḥ spandanaṃ laghutā tathā |
bhūmyādīnāṃ guṇā hyete dṛśyante cātra śoṇite ||
1931 ed. 1.14.10 rasād raktaṃ tato māṃsaṃ māṃsān medaḥ prajāyate |
medaso 'sthi tato majjā majjñaḥ śukraṃ tu jāyate ||
1931 ed. 1.14.11 tatraiṣāṃ (? sarva ) dhātūnām annapānarasaḥ prīṇayitā ||
1931 ed. 1.14.12 rasajaṃ puruṣaṃ vidyād rasaṃ rakṣet prayatnaḥ | annāt pānāc ca matimān ācārāc cāpy atandritaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.14.13 tatra rasa gatau dhātuḥ ahar ahar gacchatīty ato rasaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.14.14 sa khalu trīṇi trīṇi kalāsahasrāṇi pañcadaśa ca kalā ekaikasmin dhātāv avatiṣṭhate evaṃ māsena rasaḥ śukrībhavati strīṇāṃ cārtavam ||
1931 ed. 1.14.15 bhavati cātra |
aṣṭādaśasahasrāṇi saṅkhyā hy asmin samuccaye |
kalānāṃ navatiḥ proktā svatantraparatantrayoḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.14.16 sa śabdārcirjalasantānavad aṇunā viśeṣeṇānudhāvaty evaṃ śarīraṃ kevalam ||
1931 ed. 1.14.17 vājīkaraṇyas tv oṣadhayaḥ svabalaguṇotkarṣād virecanavad upayuktāḥ śukraṃ virecayanti ||
1931 ed. 1.14.18 yathā hi puṣpamukulastho gandho na śakyam ihāstīti vaktum atho naivā(ā.naiva cā)stīti athavā'(? ca)sti satāṃ bhāvānām abhivyaktir iti kṛ(ā.jñā)tvā kevalaṃ saukṣmyān nābhivyajyate sa eva puṣpe vivṛtapatrakeśare kālāntareṇābhivyaktiṃ gacchati evaṃ bālānām api vayaḥpariṇāmāc chukraprādurbhāvo bhavati romarājyādayaś ca viśeṣā nārīṇām | (? rajasi copacīyamāne śanaiḥ śanaiḥ stanagarbhāśayayonyabhivṛddhir bhavati ||
1931 ed. 1.14.19 sa evānnaraso vṛddhānāṃ (? jarā)paripakvaśarīratvād aprīṇano bhavati ||
1931 ed. 1.14.20 ta ete śrīradhāraṇād dhātava ity ucyante ||
1931 ed. 1.14.21 teṣāṃ kṣayavṛddhī śoṇitanimitte tasmāt tad adhikṛtya vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra phanilamaruṇaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ parūṣaṃ tanu śīghragamaskandi ca vātena duṣṭaṃ nīlaṃ pītaṃ haritaṃ śyāvaṃ visramaniṣṭaṃ pipīlikāmakṣikāṇāmaskandi ca pittaduṣṭaṃ gairikodakapratīkāśaṃ snigdhaṃ śītalaṃ bahalaṃ picchilaṃ cirasrāvi māṃsapeśīprabhaṃ ca śleṣmaduṣṭaṃ sarvalakṣaṇasaṃyuktaṃ kāñjikābhaṃ viśeṣato durgandhi ca sannipātaduṣṭaṃ (? pittavadraktenātikṛṣṇaṃ ca) dvidoṣaliṅgaṃ saṃsṛṣṭaṃ | (? jīvaśoṇitamanyatra vakṣyāmaḥ )//
1931 ed. 1.14.22 indragopakapratīkāśamasaṃhatamavivarṇaṃ ca prakṛtisthaṃ jānīyāt ||
1931 ed. 1.14.23 visrāvyāṇyanyatra vakṣyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.14.24 athāvisrāvyāḥ sarvāṅgaśophaḥ kṣīṇasya cāmlabhojananimittaḥ pāṇdurogyarśasodariśoṣigarbhiṇīnāṃ ca śvayathavaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.14.25 tatra śastravisrāvaṇaṃ dvividhaṃ pracchānaṃ sirāvyadhanaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.14.26 tatra ṛjvasaṃkīrṇaṃ sūkṣmaṃ samam anavagāḍham anuttānam āśu ca śastraṃ pātayen marmasirāsnāyusandhīnāṃ cānupaghāti ||
1931 ed. 1.14.27 tatra durvine durviddhe śītavātayor asvinne bhuktamātre skandatvāc choṇitaṃ na sravaty alpaṃ vā sravati ||
1931 ed. 1.14.28 madamūrcchāśramārtānāṃ vātaviṇmūtrasaṃginām |
nidrābhibhūtabhītānāṃ nṛṇāṃ nāsṛk pravartate ||
1931 ed. 1.14.29 tad duṣṭaṃ śoṇitamanirhriyamāṇaṃ kaṇḍūśopharāgadāhapākavedanā janayet ||
1931 ed. 1.14.30 atyuṣṇe 'tisvinne 'tividdhe 'jñair vasrāvitamatipravartate tad atipravṛttaṃ śiro 'bhitāpamāndhyamadhimanthatimiraprādurbhāvaṃ dhātukṣayamākṣepakaṃ pakṣāghātamekāṅgavikāraṃ tṛṣṇādāhau hikkāṃ kāsaṃ śvāsaṃ pāṇḍurogaṃ maraṇaṃ cāpādayati ||
1931 ed. 1.14.31 bhavanti cātra |
1931 ed. 1.14.31 tasmānna śite nātyuṣṇe nāsvinne nātitāpite |
yavāgūṃ pratipītasya śoṇitaṃ mokṣayed bhiṣak ||
1931 ed. 1.14.32ab samyaggatvā yadā raktaṃ svayamevāvatiṣṭhate |
1931 ed. 1.14.32cd śuddhaṃ tadā vijānīyāt samyagvisrāvitaṃ ca tat ||
1931 ed. 1.14.33ab lāghavaṃ vedanāśāntirvyādhervegaparikṣayaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.14.33cd samyagvisrāvite liṅgaṃ prasādo manasas tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.14.34ab tvagdoṣā granthayaḥ śophā rogāḥ śoṇitajāś ca ye |
1931 ed. 1.14.34cd raktamokṣaṇaśīlānāṃ na bhavanti kadācana ||
1931 ed. 1.14.35 atha khalvapravartamāne rakte elāśītaśivakuṣṭhatagarapāṭhābhadradāruviḍaṅgacitrakatrikaṭukāgāradhūmaharidrārkāṅkuranaktamālaphalair yathālābhaṃ tribhiś caturbhiḥ samastair vā cūrṇīkṛtair lavanātailapragāḍhair vraṇamukham avagharṣayed evaṃ samyak pravartate ||
1931 ed. 1.14.36 athātipravṛtte rodhramadhukapriyaṅgupattaṅgagairikasarjarasarasāñjanaśālmalīpuṣpaśaṅkhaśuktimāṣayavagodhūmacūrṇaiḥ śanaiḥ śanair vraṇamukham avacūrṇyāṅgulyagreṇāvapīḍayet sālasarjārjūnārimedameṣaśṛnṅgadhavadhanvantvagbhir vā cūrṇitābhiḥ kṣaumeṇa vā dhmāpitena samudraphenalākṣācūrṇair vā yathoktair vraṇabandhanadravyair gāḍhaṃ badhnīyāt śītāccchādanabhojanāgāraiḥ śītaiḥ pariṣekapradehaiś copācaret kṣārenāgninā vā dahedyathoktaṃ vyadhanādanantaraṃ vā tāmevātipravṛttāṃ sirāṃ vidhyet kākolyādikvāthaṃ vā śarkarāmadhumadhuraṃ pāyayet eṇahariṇorabhraśaśamahiṣavarāhāṇāṃ vā rudhiraṃ kṣirayūṣarasaiḥ susnigdhaiś cāśnīyāt upadravāṃś ca yathāsvam upacaret ||
1931 ed. 1.14.37ab dhātukṣayāt srute rakte mandaḥ saṃjāyate 'nalaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.14.37cd pavanaś ca paraṃ lopaṃ yāti tasmāt prayatnaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.14.38ab taṃ nātiśītair laghubhiḥ snigdhaiḥ śoṇitavardhanaiḥ |
1931 ed. 1.14.38cd īṣadamlair anamlair vā bhojanaiḥ samupācaret ||
1931 ed. 1.14.39ab caturvidhaṃ yad etad dhi rudhirasya nivāraṇam |
1931 ed. 1.14.39cd saṃdhānaṃ skandanaṃ caiva pācanaṃ dahanaṃ tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.14.40ab vraṇaṃ kaṣāyaḥ saṃdhatte raktaṃ skandayate himam |
1931 ed. 1.14.40cd tathā saṃpācayed bhasma dāhaḥ saṃkocayet sirāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.14.41ab askandamāne rudhire saṃdhānāni prayojayet |
1931 ed. 1.14.41cd saṃdhāne bhraśyamāne tu pācanaiḥ samupācaret |
1931 ed. 1.14.42ab kalpair etais tribhir vaidyaḥ prayateta yathāvidhi |
1931 ed. 1.14.42cd asiddhimatsu caiteṣu dāhaḥ parama iṣyate |
1931 ed. 1.14.43ab śeṣadoṣe yato rakte na vyādhirativartate |
1931 ed. 1.14.43cd sāvaśeṣe tataḥ stheyaṃ na tu kuryād atikramam ||
1931 ed. 1.14.44ab dehasya rudhiraṃ mūlaṃ rudhireṇaiva dhāryate |
1931 ed. 1.14.44cd tasmād yatnena saṃrakṣyaṃ raktaṃ jīva iti sthitiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.14.45ab srutaraktasya sekādyaiḥ śītaiḥ prakupite 'nile |
1931 ed. 1.14.45cd śophaṃ satodaṃ loṣṇena sarpiṣā pariṣecayet ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne śoṇitavarṇanīyo nāma caturdaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

pañcadaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.15.1 athāto doṣadhātumalakṣayavṛddhivijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.15.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.15.3 doṣadhātumalamūlaṃ hi śarīraṃ tasmād eteṣāṃ lakṣaṇamucyamānam upadhāraya ||
1931 ed. 1.15.4.1 tatra praspandanodvahanapūranāvivekadhāraṇalakṣaṇo vāyuḥ pañcadhā pravibhaktaḥ śarīraṃ dhārayati ||
1931 ed. 1.15.4.2 rāgapaktyojastejomedhoṣmakṛtpittaṃ pañcadhā pravibhaktamagnikarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti ||
1931 ed. 1.15.4.3 sandhisaṃśleṣaṇasnehanaropaṇapūraṇabalasthairyakṛcchleṣmā pañcadhā pravibhakta udakakarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti ||
1931 ed. 1.15.5 rasas tuṣṭiṃ prīṇanaṃ raktapuṣṭiṃ ca karoti raktaṃ varṇaprasādaṃ māṃsapuṣṭiṃ jīvayati ca māṃsaṃ śarīrapuṣṭiṃ medasaś ca medaḥ snehasvedau dṛḍhatvaṃ puṣṭim asthnāṃ ca asthīni dehadhāraṇaṃ majjñaḥ puṣṭiṃ ca majjā prītiṃ snehaṃ balaṃ śukrapuṣṭiṃ pūraṇam asthnāṃ ca karoti śukraṃ dhairyaṃ cyavanaṃ prītiṃ dehabalaṃ harṣaṃ bījārthaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.15.6 purīṣam upastambhaṃ vāyvagnidhāraṇaṃ ca bastipūraṇavikledakṛn mūtraṃ svedaḥ kledatvaksaukumāryakṛt ||
1931 ed. 1.15.7 raktalakṣaṇam ārtavaṃ garbhakṛc ca garbho garbhalakṣaṇaṃ stanyaṃ stanayor āpīnatvajananaṃ jīvanaṃ ceti ||
1931 ed. 1.15.8 tatra vidhivat parirakṣaṇaṃ kurvīta ||
1931 ed. 1.15.9 ata ūrdhvam eṣāṃ kṣīṇalakṣaṇaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ tatra vātakṣaye mandaceṣṭatā'lpāvāktvam apraharṣo mūḍhasaṃjñatā ca pittakṣaye mandoṣmāgnitā niṣprabhatvaṃ(ā.tā) ca śleṣmakṣaye rūkṣatā'ntardāha āmāśayetaraśleṣmāśayaśūnyatā sandhiśaithilyaṃ tṛṣṇā daurbalyaṃ prajāgaraṇaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.15.10 tatra svayonivardhanāny eva pratīkāraḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.15.11 rasakṣaye hṛtpīḍā kampaśūnyātās tṛṣṇā ca śoṇitakṣaye tvakpāruṣyam amlaśītaprārthanā sirāśaithilyaṃ ca māṃsakṣaye sphiggaṇḍauṣṭhopasthoruvakṣaḥ kakṣāpiṇḍikodaragrīvāśuṣkatā raukṣyatodau gātrāṇāṃ sadanaṃ dhamanīśaithilyaṃ ca medaḥkṣaye plīhābhivṛddhiḥ sandhiśūnyatā raukṣyaṃ meduramāṃsaprārthanā ca asthikṣaye 'sthiśūlaṃ dantanakhabhaṅgo raukṣyaṃ ca majjakṣaye 'lpaśukratā parvabhedo 'sthinistodo 'sthiśūnyatā ca śukrakṣaye meḍhravṛṣaṇavedanā'śaktirmaithune cirād vā prasekaḥ praseke cālparaktaśukradarśanam ||
1931 ed. 1.15.12 tatrāpi svayonivardhanadravyopayogaḥ pratīkāraḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.15.13 purīṣakṣaye hṛdayapārśvapīḍā saśabdasya ca vāyor ūrdhvagamanaṃ kukṣau saṃcaraṇaṃ ca mūtrakṣaye bastitodo 'lpamūtratā ca atrāpi svayonivardhanadravyāṇi pratīkāraḥ | svedakṣaye stabdharomakūpatā tvakśoṣaḥ sparśavaiguṇyaṃ svedanāśaś ca tatrābhyaṅgaḥ svedopayogaś ca ||
1931 ed. 1.15.14 ārtavakṣaye yathocitakālādarśanamalpatā vā yonivedanā ca tatra saṃśodhanamāgneyānāṃ ca dravyāṇāṃ vidhivadupayogaḥ | stanyakṣaye stnayor mlānatā stanyāsaṃbhavo 'lpatā vā tatra śleṣmavardhanadravyopayogaḥ | garbhakṣaye garbhāspandanamanunnatakukṣitā ca tatra prāptabastikālāyāḥ kṣīrabastiprayogo medhyānnopayogaś ceti ||
1931 ed. 1.15.15 ata ūrdhvam ativṛddhānāṃ doṣadhātumalānāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ | vṛddhiḥ punar eṣāṃ svayonivardhanātyupasevanād bhavati | tatra vātavṛddhau vākpāruṣyaṃ kārśyaṃ kārṣṇyaṃ gātrasphuraṇam uṣṇakāmitā nidrānāśo 'lpabalatvaṃ gāḍhavarcastvaṃ ca pittavṛddhau pītāvabhāsatā saṃtāpaḥ śītakāmitvam alpanidratā mūrcchā balahānir indriyadaurbalyaṃ pītaviṇmūtranetratvaṃ ca śleṣmavṛddhau śauklyaṃ śaityaṃ sthairyaṃ gauravam avasādas tandrā nidrā sandhyasthiviśleṣaś ca ||
1931 ed. 1.15.16 raso 'tivṛddho hṛdayotkledaṃ prasekaṃ cāpādayati raktaṃ raktāṅgākṣitāṃ sirāpūrṇatvaṃ ca māṃsaṃ sphiggaṇḍauṣṭhopasthorubāhujaṅghāsu vṛddhiṃ gurugātratāṃ ca medaḥ snigdhāṅgatāmudarapārśvavṛddhiṃ kāsaśvāsādīn daurgandhyaṃ ca asthyadhyasthīnyadhidantāṃś ca majjā sarvāṅganetragauravaṃ ca śukraṃ śukrāśmarīmatiprādurbhāvaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.15.17 purīṣamāṭopaṃ kukṣau śūlaṃ ca mūtraṃ mūtravṛddhiṃ muhurmuhuḥ pravṛttiṃ bastitodamādhmānaṃ ca svedastvaco daugandhyaṃ kaṇḍūṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.15.18 ārtavam aṅgamardam atipravṛttiṃ daurgandhyaṃ ca stanyaṃ stanayor āpīnatvaṃ muhur muhuḥ pravṛttiṃ todaṃ ca garbho jaṭharābhivṛddhiṃ svedaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.15.19 teṣāṃ yathāsvaṃ saṃśodhanaṃ kṣapaṇaṃ ca kṣayād aviruddhaiḥ kriyāviśeṣaiḥ prakurvīt ||
1931 ed. 1.15.20ab pūrvaḥ pūrvo 'tivṛddhatvād vardhayed dhi paraṃ param |
1931 ed. 1.15.20cd tasam ātipravṛddhānāṃ dhātūnāṃ hrāsanaṃ hitam ||
1931 ed. 1.15.21 balalakṣaṇaṃ balakṣayalakṣaṇaṃ cāta ūrdhvam upadekṣyāmaḥ | tatra rasādīnāṃ śukrāntānāṃ dhātūnāṃ yatparaṃ tejastat khalvojastad eva balam ity ucyate svaśāstrasiddhāntāt ||
1931 ed. 1.15.22 tatra balena sthiropacitamāṃsatā sarvaceṣṭāsvapratighātaḥ svaravarṇaprasādo bāhyānām ābhyantarāṇāṃ ca karaṇānām ātmakāryapratipattir bhavati ||
1931 ed. 1.15.23 bhavanti cātra |
1931 ed. 1.15.23ab ojaḥ somātmakaṃ snigdhaṃ śuklaṃ śītaṃ sthiraṃ saram |
1931 ed. 1.15.23cd viviktaṃ mṛdu mṛtsnaṃ ca prāṇāyatanamutttamam ||
1931 ed. 1.15.24ab dehaḥ sāvayavas tena vyāpto bhavati dehinām |
1931 ed. 1.15.24cd tadabhāvāc ca śīryante śarīrāṇi śarīriṇām ||
1931 ed. 1.15.25 abhighātāt kṣayāt kopāc chokādd hyānāc chramāt kṣudhaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.15.25ab ojaḥ saṃkṣīyate hy ebhyo dhātugrahaṇaniḥsṛtam |
1931 ed. 1.15.25cd tejaḥ samīritaṃ tasmād visraṃsayate dehinaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.15.26-27 tasya visraṃso vyāpat kṣaya iti liṅgāni vyāpannasya bhavanti sandhiviśleṣo gātrāṇāṃ sadanaṃ doṣacyavanaṃ kriyā'(O.kriyā)sannirodhaś ca visraṃse stabdhagurugātratā vātaśopho varṇabhedo glānistandrā nidrā ca vyāpanne mūrcchā māṃsakṣayo mohaḥ pralāpo maraṇam iti ca kṣaye ||
1931 ed. 1.15.28 bhavanti cātra |
1931 ed. 1.15.28ab trayo doṣā balasyoktā vyāpadvisraṃsanakṣayāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.15.28cd viśleṣasādau gātrāṇāṃ doṣavisraṃsanaṃ śramaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.15.28ef aprācuryaṃ kriyānāṃ ca balavisraṃsalakṣaṇam ||
1931 ed. 1.15.29ab gurutvaṃ stabdhatā'ṇgeṣu glānirvarṇasya bhedanam |
1931 ed. 1.15.29cd tandrā nidrā vātaśopho balavyāpadi lakṣaṇam ||
1931 ed. 1.15.30ab mūrcchā māṃsakṣāyo mohaḥ pralāpo 'jñānam eva ca |
1931 ed. 1.15.30cd pūrvoktāni ca liṅgāni maraṇaṃ ca balakṣaye ||
1931 ed. 1.15.31 tatra visraṃse vyāpanne ca kriyāviśeṣair aviruddhair balamāpyāyayet itaraṃ tu mūḍhasaṃjñaṃ varjayet ||
1931 ed. 1.15.32ab doṣadhātumalakṣīṇo balakṣīṇi'pi vā naraḥ |
1931 ed. 1.15.32cd svayonivardhanaṃ yattadannapānaṃ prakāṅkṣati ||
1931 ed. 1.15.33ab yadyadāhārajātaṃ tu kṣīṇaḥ prārthayate naraḥ |
1931 ed. 1.15.33cd tasya tasya sa lābhe tu taṃ taṃ kṣayamapohati ||
1931 ed. 1.15.34ab yasya dhātukṣayādvāyuḥ saṃjñāṃ karma ca nāśayet |
1931 ed. 1.15.34cd prakṣiṇaṃ ca balaṃ yasya nāsu śakyaś cikitsitum ||
1931 ed. 1.15.35 rasanimittam eva sthaulyaṃ kārśyaṃ ca | tatra śleṣmalāhārasevino 'dhyaśanaśīlasyāvyāyāmino divāsvapnaratasya cāma evānnaraso madhurataraś ca śarīramanukrāmannatisnehānmedo janayati tadatisthaulyamāpādayati tamatisthūlaṃ kṣudraśvāsapipāsākṣutsvapnasvedagātradaurgandhyakrathanagātrasādagadgadatvāni kṣipramevāviśanti saukumāryānmedasaḥ sarvakriyāsvasamarthaḥ kaphamedoniruddhamārgartvāccālpavyavāyo bhavati āvṛtamārgatvād eva śeṣā dhātavo nāpyāyante 'tyarthamato 'lpaprāṇo bhavati pramehapīḍakājvarabhagandaravidradhivātavikārāṇāmanyataṃ prāpya pañcatvam upayāti sarva eva cāsya rogā balavanto bhavantyāvṛtamārgatvāt srotasāṃ atas tasyotpattihetuṃ pariharet | utpanne tu śilājatuguggulugomūtratriphalāloharajorasāñjanamadhuyavamudgakoradūṣakaśyāmākoddālakādīnāṃ virūkṣaṇacchedanīyānāṃ dravyāṇaṃ vidhivadupayogo vyāyāmo lekhanabastyupayogaś ceti ||
1931 ed. 1.15.36 tatra punar vātalāhārasevino 'tivyāyāmavyavāyādhyayanabhayaśokadhyānarātrijāgaraṇapipāsākṣutkaṣāyālpāśanaprabhṛtibhir upaśoṣito rasadhātuḥ śarīram ananukrāman nalpatvān na prīṇāti tasmād atikārśyaṃ bhavati so 'tikṛśaḥ kṣutpipāsāśītoṣṇavātavarṣabhārādāneṣv asahiṣṇur vātarogaprāyo 'lpaprāṇaś ca kriyāsu bhavati śvāsakāsaśoṣaplīhodarāgnisādagulmaraktapittānām anyatamam āsādya maraṇam upayāti sarva eva cāsya rogā balavanto bhavanty alpaprāṇatvāt atas tasyotpattihetuṃ pariharet | utpanne tu payasyāśvagandhāvidārigandhāśatāvarībalātibalānāgabalānāṃ madhurāṇām anyāsaṃ cauṣadhīnām upayogaḥ kṣīradadhighṛtamāṃsaśāliṣaṣṭikayavagodhūmānāṃ ca divāsvapnabrahmacaryāvyāyāmabṛhaṇabastyupayogaś ceti ||
1931 ed. 1.15.37 yaḥ punar ubhayasādhāraṇāny āseveta tasyān narasaḥ śarīram anukrāman samān dhātūn upacinoti samadhātutvān madhyaśarīro bhavati sarvakriyāsu samarthaḥ kṣutpipāsāśītoṣṇavarṣātapasaho balavāṃś ca sa satatam anupālayitavya iti ||
1931 ed. 1.15.38 bhavanti cātra |
1931 ed. 1.15.38ab atyantagarhitāv etau sadā sthūlakṛśau narau |
1931 ed. 1.15.38cd śreṣṭho madhyaśarīras tu kṛśaḥ sthūlāt tu pūjitaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.15.39ab doṣaḥ prakupito dhātūn kṣapayaty ātmatejasā |
1931 ed. 1.15.39cd iddhaḥ svatejasā vahnir ukhāgatam ivodakam ||
1931 ed. 1.15.40ab vailakṣaṇyāc charīrāṇām asthāyitvāt tathaiva ca |
1931 ed. 1.15.40cd doṣadhātumalānāṃ tu parimāṇaṃ na vidyate ||
1931 ed. 1.15.41ab eṣāṃ samatvaṃ yac cāpi bhiṣagbhir avadhāryate |
1931 ed. 1.15.41cd na tat svāsthyādṛte śakyaṃ vaktum anyena hetunā ||
1931 ed. 1.15.42ab doṣādīnāṃ tv asamatām anumānena lakṣayet |
1931 ed. 1.15.42cd aprasannendriyaṃ vīkṣya puruṣaṃ kuśalo bhiṣak ||
1931 ed. 1.15.43ab svasthasya rakṣaṇaṃ kuryād asvasthasya tu buddhimān |
1931 ed. 1.15.43cd kṣapayed bṛṃhayec cāpi doṣadhātumalān bhiṣak |
1931 ed. 1.15.43ef tāvad yāvad arogaḥ syād etat sāmyasya lakṣaṇam ||
1931 ed. 1.15.44ab samadoṣaḥ samāgniś ca samadhātumalakriyaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.15.44cd prasannātmendriyamanāḥ svasthā ity abhidhīyate ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne doṣadhātumalakṣayavṛddhivijñānīyo nāma pañcadaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

ṣoḍaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.16.1 athātaḥ karṇavyadha bandha vidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.16.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanavatariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.16.3 rakṣābhūṣaṇanimittaṃ bālasya karṇau vidhyete | tau ṣaṣṭhe māsi saptame vā śuklapakṣe praśasteṣu tithikaraṇamuhūrtanakṣatreṣu kṛtamaṅgalasvastivācanaṃ dhātryaṅke kumāradharāṅke vā kumāram upaveśya bālakrīḍanakaiḥ pralobhyābhisāntvayan bhiṣag vāmahastenākṛṣya karṇaṃ daivakṛte chidra ādityakarāvabhāsite śanaiḥ śanair dakṣiṇahastena rju vidhyet pratanukaṃ sūcyā bahalam ārayā pūrvaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ kumārasya vāmaṃ kumāryāḥ tataḥ picuvartiṃ praveśayet ||
1931 ed. 1.16.4 śoṇita bahutvena vedanayā cānyadeśaviddham iti jānīyāt nirupadravatayā taddeśaviddham iti ||
1931 ed. 1.16.5 tatrājñena yadṛcchayā viddhāsu sirāsu kālikāmarmarikālohitikāsūpadravā bhavanti | tatra kālikāyāṃ jvaro dāhaḥ śvayathur vedanā ca bhavati marmarikāyāṃ vedanā jvaro granthayaś ca lohitikāyāṃ manyāstambhāpatānakaśirograhakarṇaśūlāni bhavanti | teṣu yathāsvaṃ pratikurvīta ||
1931 ed. 1.16.6 kliṣṭajihmāpraśastasūcīvyadhād gāḍhataravartitvād doṣasamudāyād apraśastavyadhād vā yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra vartim upahṛtyāśu madhukairaṇḍa mūla mañjiṣṭhā yava tila kalkair madhughṛtapragāḍhair ālepayet tāvad yāvat surūḍha iti surūḍhaṃ cainaṃ punar vidhyet vidhānaṃ tu pūrvoktam eva ||
1931 ed. 1.16.7 tatra samyagviddham āmatailena pariṣecayet tryahāt tryahāc ca vartiṃ sthūlatarāṃ dadyāt pariṣekaṃ ca tam eva ||
1931 ed. 1.16.8 atha vyapagatadoṣopadrave karṇe vardhanārthaṃ laghuvardhanakaṃ kuryāt ||
1931 ed. 1.16.9ab evaṃ vivardhitaḥ karṇaś chidyate tu dvidhā nṛṇām |
doṣato vā'bhighātād vā sandhānaṃ tasya me śṛṇu ||
1931 ed. 1.16.10 tatra samāsena pañcadaśakarṇabandhākṛtayaḥ | tad yathā nemisandhānaka utpalabhedyako vallūraka āsaṅgimo gaṇḍakarṇa āhāryo nirvedhimo vyāyojimaḥ kapāṭasandhiko 'rdhakapāṭasandhikaḥ saṃkṣipto hīnakarṇo vallīkarṇo yaṣṭikarṇaḥ kākauṣṭhaka iti | teṣu pṛthulāyatasamobhayapālir nemisandhānakaḥ vṛttāyatasamobhayapālir utpalabhedyakaḥ hrasvavṛttasamobhayapālir vallūrakaḥ abhyantaradīrghaikapālir āsaṅgimaḥ bāhya dīrghaikapālir gaṇḍakarṇaḥ | apālir ubhayato 'py āhāryaḥ pīṭhopamapālir ubhayataḥ kṣīṇaputrikāśrito nirvedhimaḥ | sthūlāṇusamaviṣamapālir vyāyojimaḥ | abhyantaradīrghaikapālir itarālpapāliḥ | kapāṭasandhikaḥ bāhyadīrghaikapālir itarālpapālir ardhakapāṭasandhikaḥ | tatra daśaite karṇabandhavikalpāḥ sādhyāḥ teṣāṃ svanāmabhir evākṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyākhyātāḥ | saṃkṣiptādayaḥ pañcāsādhyāḥ | tatra śuṣkaśaṣkulir utsannapālir itarālpapāliḥ saṃkṣiptaḥ anadhiṣṭhānapāliḥ paryantayoḥ kṣīṇamāṃso hīnakarṇaḥ tanuviṣamālpapālir vallīkarṇaḥ grathitamāṃsastabdhasirāsaṃtatasūkṣmapālir yaṣṭikarṇaḥ nirmāṃsasaṃkṣiptāgrālpaśoṇitapāliḥ kākauṣṭhaka iti | baddheṣv api tu śopha dāha rāga pāka piḍakā srāva yuktā na siddhim upayānti ||
1931 ed. 1.16.11 bhavanti cātra |*
    • These verses in A (from bhavanti cātra to śāstravit) are absent from the Nepalese MSS and were probably absent in the version of the Suśrutasaṃhitā commented on by Cakrapāṇi, who cited them in his commentary as being "read by some" in regard to the joins (sandhāna) they describe.
1931 ed. 1.16.11ab yasya pālidvayam api karṇasya na bhaved iha |
1931 ed. 1.16.11cd karṇapīṭhaṃ same madhye tasya viddhvā vivardhayet ||
1931 ed. 1.16.12ab bāhyāyām iha dīrghāyāṃ sandhir ābhyantaro bhavet |
1931 ed. 1.16.12cd ābhyantarāyāṃ dīrghāyāṃ bāhyasandhir udāhṛtaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.16.13ab ekaiva tu bhavet pāliḥ sthūlā pṛthvī sthirā ca yā |
1931 ed. 1.16.13cd tāṃ dvidhā pāṭayitvā tu chittvā copari sandhayet ||
1931 ed. 1.16.14ab gaṇḍād utpāṭya māṃsena sānubandhena jīvatā |
1931 ed. 1.16.14cd karṇapālīm āpāles tu kuryān nirlikhya śāstravit ||
1931 ed. 1.16.15 ato nyatamaṃ bandhaṃ cikīrṣur agropaharaṇīyoktopasaṃbhṛtasaṃbhāraṃ viśeṣataś cātropaharet surāmaṇḍaṃ kṣīram udakaṃ dhānyāmlaṃ kapālacūrṇaṃ ceti | tato 'ṅganāṃ puruṣaṃ vā grathitakeśāntaṃ laghubhuktavantam āptaiḥ suparigṛhītaṃ ca kṛtvā bandham upadhārya chedyabhedyalekhyavyadhanair upapannair upapādya karṇaśoṇitam avekṣya duṣṭam aduṣṭaṃ veti tatra vātaduṣṭe dhānyāmloṣṇodakābhyāṃ pittaduṣṭe śītodakapayobhyāṃ śleṣmaduṣṭe surāmaṇḍoṣṇodakābhyāṃ prakṣālya karṇau punar avalikhyānunnatam ahīnam aviṣamaṃ ca karṇasandhiṃ sanniveśya sthitaraktaṃ sandadhyāt | tato madhughṛtenābhyajya picuprotayor anyatareṇāvaguṇṭhya sūtreṇānavagāḍhaman atiśithilaṃ ca baddhvā kapālacūrṇenāvakīryācārikam upadiśed dvivraṇīyoktena ca vidhānenopacaret ||
1931 ed. 1.16.16 bhavati cātra |
vighaṭṭanaṃ divāsvapnaṃ vyāyāmam atibhojanam |
vyavāyam agnisaṃtāpaṃ vākśramaṃ ca vivarjayet ||
1931 ed. 1.16.16.1ab(?āmatailaparīṣekaṃ trirātramavacārayet |
1931 ed. 1.16.16.1cd tatas tailena saṃsṛṣṭaṃ tryahādapanayet picum ||)
1931 ed. 1.16.17 na cāśuddharaktam atipravṛttaraktaṃ kṣīṇaraktaṃ vā saṃdadhyāt | sa hi vātaduṣṭe rakte rūḍho 'pi paripuṭanavān pittaduṣṭe dāhapākarāgavedanāvān śleṣmaduṣṭe stabdhaḥ kaṇḍūmān atipravṛttarakte śyāvaśophavān kṣīṇo 'lpamāṃso na vṛddhim upaiti ||
1931 ed. 1.16.18 āmatailena trirātraṃ pariṣecayet trirātrāc ca picuṃ parivartayet | sa yadā surūḍho nirupadravaḥ savarṇo bhavati tadainaṃ śanaiś śanair abhivardhayet | ato 'nyathā saṃrambhadāhapākarāgavedanāvān punaś chidyate vā ||
1931 ed. 1.16.19 athāsyāpraduṣṭasyābhivardhanārtham abhyaṅgaḥ | tad yathā godhāpratudaviṣkirānūpaudakavasāmajjānau payaḥ sarpis tailaṃ gaurasarṣapajaṃ ca yathālābhaṃ saṃbhṛtyārkālarkabalātibalānantāpāmārgāśvagandhāvidārigandhākṣīraśuklājalaśūkamadhuravargapayasyāprativāpaṃ tailaṃ vā pācayitvā svanuguptaṃ nidadhyāt ||
1931 ed. 1.16.20sveditonmarditaṃ karṇaṃ snehenaitena yojayet |
ato 'nupadravaḥ samyag balavāṃś ca vivardhate ||
1931 ed. 1.16.21 yavāśvagandhāyaṣṭyāhvais tilaiś codvartanaṃ hitam |
śatāvaryaśvagandhābhyāṃ payasyair aṇḍajīvanaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.16.22 tailaṃ vipakvaṃ sakṣīram abhyaṅgāt pālivardhanam |
ye tu karṇā na vardhante svedasnehopapāditāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.16.23 teṣām apāṅgadeśe tu kuryāt pracchānam eva tu |
1931 ed. 1.16.23cd bāhyacchedaṃ na kurvīta vyāpadaḥ syus tato dhruvāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.16.24baddhamātraṃ tu yaḥ karṇaṃ sahasaivābhivardhayet |
āmakośī samādhmātaḥ kṣipram eva vimucyate ||
1931 ed. 1.16.25jātaromā suvartmā ca śliṣṭasandhiḥ samaḥ sthiraḥ |
surūḍho 'vedano yaś ca taṃ karṇaṃ vardhayec chanaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.0amitāḥ karṇabandhās tu vijñeyāḥ kuśalair iha |
yo yathā suviśiṣṭaḥ syāt taṃ tathā viniyojayet ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.1(karṇapālyāmayān nṝṇāṃ punar vakṣyāmi suśruta |
karṇapalyāṃ prakupaitā vātapittakaphās trayaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.3dvidhā vāpy atha saṃsṛṣṭāḥ kurvanti vividhā rujaḥ |
visphoṭaḥ stabdhatā śophaḥ pālyāṃ doṣe tu vātike ||
dāhavisphoṭajananaṃ śophaḥ pākaś ca paittike |
kaṇḍūḥ saśvayathuḥ stambho gurutvaṃ ca kaphātmake ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.4 yathādoṣaṃ ca saṃśodhya kuryāt teṣāṃ cikitsitam |
svedābhyaṅgaparīṣekaiḥ pralepāsṛgvimokṣaṇaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.5mṛdvīṃ kriyāṃ bṛṃhaṇīyair yathāsvaṃ bhojanais tathā |
ya evaṃ vetti doṣāṇāṃ cikitsāṃ kartum arhati ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.6ata ūrdhvaṃ nāmaliṅgair vakṣye pālyām upadravān |
atpāṭakaś cotpuṭakaḥ śyāvaḥ kaṇḍūyuto bhṛśam ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.7avamanthaḥ sakaṇḍūko granthiko jambulas tathā |
srāvī ca dāhavāṃś caiva śṛṇveṣāṃ kramaśaḥ kriyām ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.8 apāmārgaḥ sarjarasaḥ pāṭalālakucatvacau |
utpāṭake pralepaḥ syāt tailam ebhiś ca pācayet ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.9 śampākaśigrupūtīkān godhāmedo 'tha tadvasām |
vārāhaṃ gavyam aiṇeyaṃ pittaṃ sarpiś ca saṃsṛjet ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.10 lepam utpuṭake dadyāt tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam |
gaurīṃ sugandhāṃ saśyāmām anantāṃ taṇḍulīyakam |
1931 ed. 1.16.26.11 śyāve pralepanaṃ dadyāt tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam |
pāṭhāṃ rasāñjanaṃ kṣaudraṃ tathā syād uṣṇakāñjikam ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.12 dadyāl lepaṃ sakaṇḍūke tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam |
vraṇībhūtasya deyaṃ syād idaṃ tailaṃ vijānatā ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.13 madhukakṣīrakākolījīvakādyair vipācitam |
godhāvarāhasarpāṇāṃ vasāḥ syuḥ kṛtabṛṃhaṇe ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.14 pralepanam idaṃ dadyād avasicyāvamanthake |
prapauṇḍarīkaṃ madhukaṃ samaṅgāṃ dhavam eva ca ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.15 tailam ebhiś ca saṃpakvaṃ śṛṇu kaṇḍūmataḥ kriyām |
sahadevā viśvadevā ajākṣīraṃ sasaindhavam |
etair ālepanaṃ dadyāt tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.16 granthike guṭikāṃ pūrvaṃ srāvayed avapāṭya tu |
tataḥ saindhavacūrṇaṃ tu ghṛṣṭvā lepaṃ pradāpayet ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.17 likhitvā tatsrutaṃ ghṛṣṭvā cūrṇair lodhrasya jambule |
kṣīreṇa pratisāryainaṃ śuddhaṃ saṃropayet tataḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.18 madhuparṇī madhūkaṃ ca ma madhukaṃ madhunā saha |
lepaḥ srāviṇi dātavyas tailam ebhiś ca sādhitam ||
1931 ed. 1.16.26.19 pañcavalkaiḥ samadhukaiḥ piṣṭais taiś ca ghṛtānvitaiḥ |
jīvakādyaiḥ sasarpiṣkair dahyamānaṃ pralepayet ||)
viśleṣitāyās tv atha nāsikāyā
vakṣyāmi sandhānavidhiṃ yathāvat |
nāsāpramāṇaṃ pṛthivīruhāṇāṃ
patraṃ gṛhītvā tv avalambi tasya ||
1931 ed. 1.16.28 tena pramāṇena hi gaṇḍapārśvād
utkṛtya baddhaṃ tv atha nāsikāgram |
vilikhya cāśu pratisaṃdadhīta
tat sādhubandhair bhiṣag apramattaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.16.29 susaṃhitaṃ samyag ato yathāvan
nāḍīdvayenābhisamīkṣya baddhvā |
pronnamya cainām avacūrṇayet tu
pataṅgayaṣṭīmadhukāñjanaiś ca ||
saṃchādya samyak picunā sitena
tailena siñced asakṛt tilānām |
ghṛtaṃ ca pāyyaḥ sa naraḥ sujīrṇe
snigdho virecyaḥ sa yathopadeśam ||
rūḍhaṃ ca sandhānam upāgataṃ syāt
tad ardhaśeṣaṃ tu punar nikṛntet |
hīnāṃ punar vardhayituṃ yateta
samāṃ ca kuryād ativṛddhamāṃsām ||
1931 ed. 1.16.32 nāḍīyogaṃ vinauṣṭhasya nāsāsandhānavad vidhim |
ya evam eva jānīyāt sa rājñaḥ kartum arhati ||
iti śrīsuśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne karṇavyadhabandhavidhirnāma ṣoḍaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

saptadaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.17.1 athāta āmapakvaiṣaṇīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.17.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.17.3 śophasamutthānā granthividradhyalajīprabhṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyādhayo 'bhihitā anekākṛtayaḥ tair vilakṣaṇaḥ pṛthurgrathitaḥ samo viṣamo vā tvaṅnāṃsasthāyī doṣasaṃghātaḥ śarīraikadeśotthitaḥ śopha ity ucyate ||
1931 ed. 1.17.4 sa ṣaḍvidho vātapittakaphaśoṇitasannipātāgantunimittaḥ | tasya doṣarūpavyañjanair lakṣaṇāni vyākhyāsyāmaḥ | tatra vātaśopho 'ruṇaḥ kṛṣṇo vā paruṣo mṛduranavasthitāstodāyaś cātra vedanāviśeṣā bhavanti pittaśophaḥ pīto mṛduḥ sarakto vā śīghrānusāryoṣādayaś cātra vedanāviśeṣā bhavanti śleṣmaśophaḥ pāṇḍuḥ śuklo vā kaṭhinaḥ śitaḥ snigdho mandānusārī kaṇḍvādayaś cātra vedanāviśeṣā bhavanti sarvavarṇavedanaḥ sannipātajaḥ pittavacchoṇitajo 'tikṛṣṇaś ca pittaraktalakṣaṇa āganturlohitāvabhāsaś ca ||
1931 ed. 1.17.5 sa yadā bāhyābhyantaraiḥ kriyāviśeṣair na saṃbhāvitaḥ praśamayituṃ kriyāviparyayādbahutvād vā doṣāṇāṃ tadā pākābhimukho bhavati | tasyāmsya pacyamānasya pakvasya ca lakṣaṇamucyamānam upadhāraya | tatra mandoṣmatā tvaksavarṇatā śītaśophatā sthairyaṃ mandavedanatā'lpaśophatā cāmalakṣaṇamuddiṣṭaṃ sūcibhir iva nistudyate daśyata iva pipīlikābhis tābhiś ca saṃsarpyata iva chidyata iva śastreṇa bhidyata iva śaktibhis tāḍyata iva daṇḍena pīḍyata iva pāṇinā ghaṭyata iva cāṅgulyā dahyate pacyata iva cāgnikṣārābhyāṃ oṣacoṣaparīdāhāś ca bhavanti vṛś cikaviddha iva ca sthānāsanaśayaneṣu na śāntim upaiti ādhmātabastirivātataś ca śopho bhavati tvagvaivarṇyaṃ śophābhivṛddhirjvaradāhapipāsā bhaktāruciś ca pacyamānaliṅgaṃ vedanopaśāntiḥ pāṇḍutā'lpaśophatā valīprādurbhāvastvakparipuṭanaṃ nimnadarśanamaṅgulyā'vapīḍite pratyunnamanaṃ bastāvivodakasaṃcaraṇaṃ pūyasya prapīḍayatyekamantamante vā'vapīḍite muhurmuhustodaḥ kaṇḍūrunnatatā vyādherupadravaśāntirbhaktābhikāṅkṣā ca pakvaliṅgam ||
1931 ed. 1.17.6 kaphajeṣu tu rogeṣu gambhīragatitvād abhighātajeṣu vā keṣucid asamastaṃ pakvalakṣaṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā pakvam apakvam iti manyamāno bhiṣaṅnoham upaiti | yatra hi tvaksavarṇatā śītaśophatā sthaulyamalparujatā'śmavac ca ghanatā na tatra moham upeyād iti ||
1931 ed. 1.17.7 bhavanti cātra |
1931 ed. 1.17.7ab āmaṃ vipacyamānaṃ ca samyak pakvaṃ ca yo bhiṣak |
1931 ed. 1.17.7cd jānīyāt sa bhavedvaidyaḥ śeṣāstaskaravṛttayaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.17.8ab vātādṛte nāsti rujā na pākaḥ pittādṛte nāsti kaphāc ca pūyaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.17.8cd tasmāt samastāḥ paripākakāle pacanti śophāṃstraya eva doṣāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.17.9ab kālāntareṇābhyuditaṃ tu pittaṃ kṛtvā vaśe vātakaphau prasahya |
1931 ed. 1.17.9cd pacaty ataḥ śoṇitam eva pāko mato 'pareṣāṃ viduṣāṃ dvitīyaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.17.10 tatra āmacchede māṃsasirāsnāyvasthisandhivyāpādanam atimātraṃ śoṇitātipravṛttir vedanāprādurbhāvo 'vadaraṇam anekopadravadarśanaṃ kṣatavidradhirvā bhavati | sa yadā bhayamohābhyāṃ pakvam apy apakvam iti manyamānaś ciram upekṣate vyādhiṃ vaidyas tadā gambhīrānugato dvāram alabhamānaḥ pūyaḥ svam āśrayam avadā(ā.dī)ryotasaṅgaṃ mahāntam avakāśaṃ kṛtvā nāḍīṃ janayitvā kṛcchrasādhyo bhavaty asādhyo veti ||
1931 ed. 1.17.11 bhavanti cātra |
1931 ed. 1.17.11ab yaś chinatty āmam ajñānād yaś ca pakvam upekṣate |
1931 ed. 1.17.11cd śvapacāv iva mantavyau tāv aniścitakāriṇau ||
1931 ed. 1.17.12ab prāk śastrakarmaṇaś ceṣṭaṃ bhojayed āturaṃ bhiṣak |
1931 ed. 1.17.12cdmadyapaṃ pāyayen madyaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ yo vedanāsahaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.17.13ab na mūrcchaty annasaṃyogān mattaḥ śastraṃ na budhyate |
1931 ed. 1.17.13cd tasmād avaśyaṃ bhoktavyaṃ rogeṣūkteṣu karmaṇi ||
1931 ed. 1.17.14ab prāṇo hy ābhyantaro nṇṇāṃ bāhyaprāṇaguṇānvitaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.17.14cd dhārayaty avirodhena śarīraṃ pāñcabhautikam ||
1931 ed. 1.17.15ab alpo mahān vā kriyayā vinā yaḥ samucchritaḥ pākam upaiti śophaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.17.15cd viśālamūlo viṣamo vidagdhaḥ sa kṛcchritāṃ yāty avagāḍhadoṣaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.17.16ab ālepavisrāvaṇaśodhanais tu samyak prayukair yadi nopaśāmyet |
1931 ed. 1.17.16cd pacyet śīghraṃ samam alpamūlaḥ sa piṇḍitaś copari connataḥ syāt ||
1931 ed. 1.17.17ab kakṣaṃ samāsādya yathaiva vahnir vāte(ā.yvī)ritaḥ saṃdahati prasahya |
1931 ed. 1.17.17cd tathaiva pūyo 'py aviniḥsṛto hi māṃsaṃ sirāḥ snāyu ca khādatīha ||
1931 ed. 1.17.18ab ādau vimlāpanaṃ kuryād dvitīyam avasecanam |
1931 ed. 1.17.18cd tṛtīyam upanāhaṃ tu caturthīṃ pāṭanakriyām ||
1931 ed. 1.17.19ab pañcamaṃ śodhanaṃ kuryāt ṣaṣṭhaṃ ropaṇam iṣyate |
1931 ed. 1.17.19cd ete kramā vraṇasyoktāḥ saptamaṃ vaikṛtāpaham ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne āmapakvaiṣaṇīyo 'nāma saptadaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

aṣṭādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.18.1 athāto vraṇālepanabandhavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.18.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.18.3 ālipa ādya upakramaḥ eṣa sarvaśophānāṃ sāmānyaḥ pradhānatamaś ca taṃ ca pratirogaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ tato bandhaḥ pradhānaṃ tena śuddhirvraṇaropaṇamasthisaṃdhisthairyaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.18.4 tatra pratilomamālimpennānulomam | pratilome hi samyagauṣadhamavatiṣṭhate 'nupraviśati romakūpān svedavāhibhiś ca sirāmukhairvīryaṃ prāpnoti ||
1931 ed. 1.18.5 na ca śuṣyamāṇamupekṣeta anyatra pīḍayitavyāt śuṣko hy apārthako rukkaraś ca ||
1931 ed. 1.18.6 sa trividhaḥ pralepaḥ pradeha ālepaś ca | teṣām antaraṃ pralepaḥ śītas tanur aviśoṣī viśoṣī ca pradehas tūṣṇaḥ śīto vā bahalo 'bahur aviśoṣī ca madhaymo 'trālepaḥ | tatra raktapittaprasādakṛd ālepaḥ pradeho vātaśleṣmapraśamanaḥ saṃdhānaḥ śodhano ropaṇaḥ śophavedanāpahaś ca tasyopayogaḥ kṣatākṣateṣu yas tu kṣateṣūpayujyate sa bhūyaḥ kalka iti saṃjñāṃ labhate niruddālepanasaṃjñaḥ tenāsrāvasannirodho mṛdutā pūtimāṃsāpakarṣaṇam anantardoṣatā vraṇaśuddhiś ca bhavati ||
1931 ed. 1.18.7ab avidagdheṣu śopheṣu hitam ālepanaṃ bhavet |
1931 ed. 1.18.7cd yathāsvaṃ doṣaśamanaṃ dāhakaṇḍūrujāpaham ||
1931 ed. 1.18.8ab tvakprasādanam evāgryaṃ māṃsaraktaprasādanam |
1931 ed. 1.18.8cd dāhapraśamanaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ todakaṇḍūvināśanam ||
1931 ed. 1.18.9ab marmadeśeṣu ye togā guhyeṣv api tathā nṛām |
1931 ed. 1.18.9cd saṃśodhanāya teṣāṃ hi kuryād ālepanaṃ bhiṣak ||
1931 ed. 1.18.10ab (?ṣaḍbhāgaṃ paittike snehaṃ catrubhāgaṃ tu vātike |
1931 ed. 1.18.10cd aṣṭabhāgaṃ tu kaphaje snehamātrāṃ pradāpayet ||)
1931 ed. 1.18.11 tasya pramāṇamārdramāhiṣacarmotsedham upadiśanti ||
1931 ed. 1.18.12 na cālepaṃ rātrau prayuñjīta mābhūc chaityapihitoṣmaṇas tad anirgamād vikārapravṛtti(ā.ddhi)r iti ||
1931 ed. 1.18.13ab pradehasādhye vyādhau tu hitam ālepanaṃ divā |
1931 ed. 1.18.13cd pittaraktābhighātotthe saviṣe ca viśeṣataḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.18.14ab na ca paryuṣitaṃ lepaṃ kadācidavacārayet |
1931 ed. 1.18.14cd uparyupari lepaṃ tu na kadācit pradāpayet ||
1931 ed. 1.18.15ab ūṣmāṇaṃ vedanāṃ dāhaṃ ghanatvājjanayet sa hi |
1931 ed. 1.18.15cd na ca tenaiva lepena pradehaṃ dāpayet punaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.18.15ef śuṣkabhāvāt sa nirvīryo yukto 'pi syād apārthakaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.18.16 ata ūrdhvaṃ vraṇabandhanadravyāṇy upadekṣyāmaḥ tad yathā kṣaumakārpāsāvikadukūlakauśeyapatrorṇacīnapaṭṭacarmāntarvalkalālābūśakalalatāvidalarajjutūlaphalasantānikālauhānīti teṣaṃ vyādhiṃ kālaṃ cāvekṣyopayogaḥ prakaraṇataś caiṣām ādeśaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.18.17 tatra kośadāmasvastikānuvellitapra(ā.mu)tolīmaṇḍalasthagikāyamakakhaṭvācīnavibandhavitānagophaṇāḥ pañcāṅgī ceti caturdaśa bandhaviśeṣāḥ | teṣāṃ nāmabhir evākṛtayaḥ prāyeṇa vyākhyātāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.18.18 tatra kośamaṅguṣṭhāṅguliparvasu vidadhyāt dāmasaṃbādhe 'ṅge sandhikūrcakabhrūstanāntaratalakarṇeṣu svastikaṃ anuvellitaṃ tu śākhāsu grīvāmeḍhrayoḥ pratolīṃ vṛtte 'ṅge maṇḍalaṃ aṅguṣṭhāṅgulimeḍhrāgreṣu sthagikāṃ yamalavraṇayor yamakaṃ hanuśaṅkhagaṇḍeṣu khaṭvāṃ apāṅgayoś cīnaṃ pṛṣṭhodaroraḥsu vibandhaṃ mūrdhani vitānaṃ cibukanāsauṣṭhāṃsabastiṣu gophaṇāṃ jatruṇa ūrdhvaṃ pañcāṅgīm iti yo vā yasmin śarīrapradeśe suniviṣṭo bhavati taṃ tasmin vidadhyāt ||
1931 ed. 1.18.19 yantraṇam ūrdhvamadhistiryak ca ||
1931 ed. 1.18.20 tatra ghanāṃ kavalikāṃ dattvā vāmahastaparikṣepamṛjum anāviddham asaṃkucitaṃ mṛdu paṭṭaṃ niveśya badhnīyāt | na ca vraṇasyopari kuryād granthim ābādhakaraṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.18.21 na ca vikeśikauṣadhe 'tisnigdhe 'tirūkṣe viṣame vā kurvīta yasmād atisnehāt kledo raukṣyāc chedo durnyāsāhraṇavartmāvagharṣaṇam iti ||
1931 ed. 1.18.22 tatra vraṇayatanaviśeṣād bandhaviśeṣas trividho bhavati gāḍhaḥ samaḥ śithila iti ||
1931 ed. 1.18.23ab pīḍayannarujo gāḍhaḥ socchvāsaḥ śithilaḥ smṛtaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.18.23cd naiva gāḍho na śithilaḥ samo bandhaḥ prakīrtitaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.18.24 tatra sphikkukṣikakṣāvaṅkṣaṇoruśiraḥsu gāḍhaḥ śākhāvadanakarṇakaṇṭhameḍhramuṣkapṛṣṭhapārśvodaroraḥsu samaḥ akṣṇoḥ sandhiṣu ca śithila ti ||
1931 ed. 1.18.25 tatra paittikaṃ gāḍhasthāne samaṃ badhnīyāt samasthāne śithilaṃ śithilasthāne naiva evaṃ śoṇitaduṣṭaṃ ca ślaiṣmikaṃ śithilasthāne samaṃ samasthāne gāḍhaṃ gāḍhasthāne gāḍhataraṃ evaṃ vātaduṣṭaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.18.26 tatra paittikaṃ śaradi grīṣme dvirahno badhnīyāt raktopadrutamapyevaṃ ślaiṣmikaṃ hemantavasantayostryahāt vātopadrutamapyevam | evamabhyūhya bandhaviparyayaṃ ca kuryāt ||
1931 ed. 1.18.27 tatra samaśithilasthāneṣu gāḍhaṃ baddhe vikeśikauṣadhanair arthakyaṃ śophavedanāprādurbhāvaś ca gāḍhasamasthāneṣu śithilaṃ baddhe vikeśikauṣadhapatanaṃ paṭṭasaṃcārāhraṇavartmāvagharṣanam iti gāḍhaśithilasthāneṣu samaṃ baddhe ca guṇābhāva iti ||
1931 ed. 1.18.28 aviparītabandhe vedanopaśāntir asṛkprasādo mārdavaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.18.29 abadhyamāno daṃśamaśakatṛṇakāṣṭhopalapāṃśuśītavātātapaprabhṛtibhir viśeṣair abhihanyate vraṇo vividhavedanopadrutaś ca duṣṭatām upaity ālepanādīni cāsya viśoṣam upayānti ||
1931 ed. 1.18.30ab cūrṇitaṃ mathitaṃ bhagnaṃ viśliṣṭam atipātitam |
1931 ed. 1.18.30cd asthisnāyusirācchinnam āśu bandhena rohati ||
1931 ed. 1.18.31ab sukham evaṃ vraṇī śete sukhaṃ gacchati tiṣṭhati |
1931 ed. 1.18.31cd sukhaṃ śayyāsanasthasya kṣipraṃ saṃrohati vraṇaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.18.32 abandhyāḥ pittaraktābhighātaviṣanimittā yadā ca śophadāhapākarāgatodavedanābhibhūtāḥ kṣārāgnidagdhāḥ pākāt prakuthitapraśīrṇamāṃsāś ca bhavanti ||
1931 ed. 1.18.33ab kuṣṭhinām agnidagdhānāṃ piḍakā madhumehinām |
1931 ed. 1.18.33cd karṇikāś conduruviṣe viṣajuṣṭavraṇāś ca ye ||
1931 ed. 1.18.34ab māṃsāpāke na badhyante gudapāke ca dāruṇe |
1931 ed. 1.18.34cd svabuddhyā cāpi vibhajet kṛtyākṛtyāṃś ca buddhimān ||
1931 ed. 1.18.35ab deśaṃ doṣaṃ ca vijñāya vraṇaṃ ca vraṇakovidaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.18.35cd ṛtūṃś ca parisaṃkhyāya tato bandhān niveśayet ||
1931 ed. 1.18.36ab ūrdhvaṃ tiryagadhastāc ca yantraṇā trividhā smṛtā |
1931 ed. 1.18.36cd yathā ca badhyate bandhas tathā vakṣyāmyaśeṣataḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.18.37ab ghanāṃ kavalikāṃ dattvā mṛdu caivāpi paṭṭakam |
1931 ed. 1.18.37cd vikeśikāmauṣadhaṃ ca nātisnigdhaṃ samācaret ||
1931 ed. 1.18.38ab prakledayatyatisnigdhā tathā rūkṣā kṣiṇoti ca |
1931 ed. 1.18.38cd yuktasnehā ropayati durnyastā vartma gharṣati ||
1931 ed. 1.18.39ab viṣamaṃ ca vraṇaṃ kuryāt stambhayet srāvayet tathā |
1931 ed. 1.18.39cd yathāvraṇaṃ viditvā tu yogaṃ vaidyaḥ prayojayet ||
1931 ed. 1.18.40ab pittaje raktaje vā'pi sakṛteva parikṣipet |
1931 ed. 1.18.40cd asakṛt kaphaje vā'pi vātaje ca vicakṣaṇaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.18.41ab talena pratipīḍyātha srāvayed anulomataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.18.41cd sarvāṃś ca bandhān gūḍhāntān sandhīṃś ca viniveśayet ||
1931 ed. 1.18.42ab oṣṭhasyāpyeṣa sandhāne yathoddiṣṭo vidhiḥ smṛtaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.18.42cd buddhyotprekṣyābhiyuktena tathā cāsthiṣu jānatā ||
1931 ed. 1.18.43ab uttiṣṭhato niṣaṇṇasya śayanaṃ vā'dhigacchataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.18.43cd gacchato vividhair yānair nāsya duṣyati sa vraṇaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.18.44ab ye ca syur māṃsasaṃsthā vai tvaggatāś ca tathā vraṇāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.18.44cd sandhyasthikoṣṭhaprāptāś ca sirāsnāyugatās tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.18.45ab tathā'vagāḍhagambhīrāḥ sarvato viṣamasthitāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.18.45cd naite sādhayituṃ śakyā ṛte bandhādbhavanti hi ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne vraṇālepanabandhavidhirnāmāṣṭādaśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

ekonaviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.19.1 athāto vraṇitopāsanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.19.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantriḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.19.3 vraṇitasya prathamamevāgāramanvicchet taccāgāraṃ praśastavāstvād ikaṃ karyam ||
1931 ed. 1.19.4ab praśastavāstuni gṛhe śucāvātapavarjite |
1931 ed. 1.19.4cd nivāte na ca rogāḥ syuḥ śārīrāgantumānasāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.19.5 tasmin śayanamasaṃbādhaṃ svāstīrṇaṃ manojñaṃ prākśiraskaṃ saśastraṃ kurvīt ||
1931 ed. 1.19.6ab sukhaceṣṭāpracāraḥ syāt svāstīrṇe śayane vraṇī |
1931 ed. 1.19.6cd prācyāṃ diśi sthitā devāstatpūjārthaṃ ca tacchiraḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.19.7 tasmin suhṛdbhir anukūlaiḥ priyaṃvadair upāsyamāno yatheṣṭamāsīt ||
1931 ed. 1.19.8ab suhṛdo vikṣipantyāśu kathābhir vraṇavedanāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.19.8cd āśvāsayanto bahuśastvanukūlāḥ priyaṃvadāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.19.9 na ca divānidrāvaśagaḥ syāt ||
1931 ed. 1.19.10ab divāsvapnāddraṇe kaṇḍūrgātrāṇāṃ gauravaṃ tathā |
1931 ed. 1.19.10cd śvayathurvedanā rāgaḥ srāvaś caiva bhṛśaṃ bhavet ||//
1931 ed. 1.19.11 utthānasaṃveśanaparivartanacaṅkramaṇoccair bhāṣaṇādyāsvātmaceṣṭāsvapramatto vraṇaṃ saṃrakṣet ||
1931 ed. 1.19.12ab sthānāsanaṃ caṅkramaṇaṃ divāsvapnaṃ tathaiva ca |
1931 ed. 1.19.12cd vraṇito na niṣeveta śaktimān api mānavaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.19.13ab utthānādyāsanaṃ sthānaṃ śayyā cātiniṣevitā |
1931 ed. 1.19.13cd prāpnuyānmārutādaṅge rujastasmād vivarjayet ||
1931 ed. 1.19.14 gamyānāṃ ca strīṇāṃ saṃdarśanasaṃbhāṣaṇasaṃsparśanāni dūrataḥ pariharet ||
1931 ed. 1.19.15ab strīdarśanādibhiḥ śukraṃ kadāciccalitaṃ sravet |
1931 ed. 1.19.15cd grāmyadharmakṛtāndoṣān so 'saṃsarge 'pyavāpnuyāt ||
1931 ed. 1.19.16 navadhānyamāṣatilakalāyakulatthaniṣpāvaharitakaśākāmlalavaṇakaṭukaguḍapiṣṭavikṛtivallūraśuṣkaśākājāvikānūpaudakamāṃsavasāśītodakakṛśarāpāyasadadhidugdhatakraprabhṛtīn pariharet ||
1931 ed. 1.19.17ab takrānto navadhānyādiryo 'yaṃ varga udāhṛtaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.19.17cd doṣasaṃjanano hyeṣa vijñeyaḥ pūyavardhanaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.19.18 madyapaś ca maireyāriṣṭāsavaśīdhusurāvikārān pariharet ||
1931 ed. 1.19.19ab madyamamlaṃ tathā rūkṣaṃ tīkṣṇamuṣṇaṃ ca vīryataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.19.19cd āśukāri ca tat pītaṃ kṣipraṃ vyāpādayed draṇam ||
1931 ed. 1.19.20 vātātaparajodhūmāvaśyāyātisevanātibhojanāniṣṭabhojanāśravaṇadarśanerṣyāmarṣabhayakrodhaśokadhyānarātrijāgaraṇaviṣamāśanaśayanopavāsavāgvyāyāmasthānacaṅkramaṇaśītavātaviruddhādhyaśanājīrṇamakṣikādyā bādhāḥ pariharet ||
1931 ed. 1.19.21ab vraṇinaḥ saṃprataptasya kāraṇair evam ādibhiḥ |
1931 ed. 1.19.21cd kṣīṇaśoṇitamāṃsasya bhuktaṃ samyaṅga jīryati ||
1931 ed. 1.19.22ab ajīrṇāt pavanādīnāṃ vibhramo balavān bhavet |
1931 ed. 1.19.22cd tataḥ śopharujāsrāvadāhapākānavāpnuyāt ||
1931 ed. 1.19.23 sadā nīcanakharomṇā śucinā śuklavāsasā śāntimaṅgaladevatābrāhmaṇagurupareṇa bhavitavyam iti | tat kasya hetoḥ hiṃsāvihārāṇi hi mahāvīryāṇi rakṣāṃsi paśupatikuberakumārānucarāṇi māṃsaśoṇitapriyatvāt kṣatajanimittaṃ vraṇinam upasarpanti satkārārthaṃ jighāṃsūni vā kadācit ||
1931 ed. 1.19.24 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.19.24ab teṣāṃ satkārakāmānāṃ prayatetāntarātmanā |
1931 ed. 1.19.24cd dhūpabalyupahārāṃś ca bhakṣyāṃś caivopahārayet ||
1931 ed. 1.19.25 te tu saṃtarpitā ātmavantamk na hiṃsyuḥ | tasmāt satatamatandrito janaparivṛto nityaṃ dīpodakaśastrasragdāmapuṣpalājādyalaṅkṛte veśmani sāṃpanmaṅgalamano 'nukūlāḥ kathāḥ śṛṇvannāsīta ||
1931 ed. 1.19.26ab saṃpadādyanukūlābhiḥ kathābhiḥ prītamānasaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.19.26cd āśāvān vyādhimokṣāya kṣipraṃ sukhamavāpnuyāt ||
1931 ed. 1.19.27 ṛgyajuḥsāmātharvavedābhihitair aparaiś cāśīrvidhānair upādhyāyā bhiṣajaś ca sandhyayo rakṣāṃ kuryuḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.19.28ab sarṣapāriṣṭapatrābhyāṃ sarpiṣā lavaṇena ca |
1931 ed. 1.19.28cd dvirahnaḥ kārayed dhūpaṃ daśarātramatandritaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.19.29 chatrāmaticchatrāṃ lāṅgū(ā.ṅga)līṃ jaṭilāṃ brahmacāriṇīṃ lakṣmīṃ guhāmatiguhāṃ vacāmativiṣāṃ śatavīryāṃ sahasravīryāṃ siddhārthakāṃś ca śirasā dhārayet ||
1931 ed. 1.19.30 vyajyeta bālavyajanair vraṇaṃ na ca vighaṭṭayet |
na tuden na ca kaṇḍūyec chayānaḥ paripālayet ||
1931 ed. 1.19.31 anena vidhinā yuktam ādāv eva niśācarāḥ |
vanaṃ keśāriṇā+ākrāntaṃ varjayanti mṛgā iva ||
1931 ed. 1.19.32 jīrṇaśālyodanaṃ snigdhamalpamuṣṇaṃ dravottaram |
bhuñjāno jāṅgalair māṃsaiḥ śīghraṃ vraṇam apohati ||
1931 ed. 1.19.33 taṇḍulīyakajīvantīsuniṣaṇṇakavāstukaiḥ |
bālamūlakavātārkapaṭolaiḥ kāravellakaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.19.34 sadāḍimaiḥ sāmalakair ghṛtabhṛṣṭaiḥ sasaindhavaiḥ |
anyair evaṃguṇair vā'pi mudgādīnāṃ rasena vā ||
śaktūn vilepīṃ kulmāṣaṃ jalaṃ cāpi śṛtaṃ pibet |
1931 ed. 1.19.35cd divā na nidrāvaśago nivātagṛhagocaraḥ ||
vraṇī vaidyavaśe tiṣṭhan śīghraṃ vraṇamapohati |
1931 ed. 1.19.[36] vraṇe śvayathurāyāsāt sa ca rāgaś ca jāgarāt |
tau ca ruk ca divāsvāpāt tāś ca mṛtyuś ca maithunāt ||
1931 ed. 1.19.37 evaṃvṛttasamācāro vraṇī saṃpadyate sukhī |
āyuś ca dīrgham āpnoti dhanvantarivaco yathā ||

iti śrīsuśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne vraṇitopāsanīyo namaikonaviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

viṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.20.1 athāto hitāhitīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.20.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.20.3 yadvāyoḥ pathyaṃ tat pittasyāpathyam ity anena hetunā na kiṃcid dravyam ekāntena hitam ahitaṃ vā'stīti kecid ācāryā bruvate | tat tu na samyak | iha khalu yasmād dravyāṇi svabhāvataḥ saṃyogataś caikāntahitāny ekāntāhitāni hitāhitāni ca bhavanti ||
1931 ed. 1.20.4 tatra ekāntahitāni jātisātmyāt salilaghṛtadugdhaudanaprabhṛtīni ekāntāhitāni tu dahanapacanamāraṇādiṣu pravṛttānyagnikṣāraviṣādīni saṃyogādaparāṇi viṣatulyāni bhavanti hitāhitāni tu yadvāyoḥ pathyaṃ tatpittasyāpathyam iti ||
1931 ed. 1.20.5 ataḥ sarvaprāṇināmayamāhārārthaṃ varga upadiśyate tad yathā raktaśaliṣaṣṭikakaṅgukamukundakapāṇḍukapītakapramodakakālakāsanapuṣpakakardamakaśakunāhṛtasugandhakakalamanīvārakodravoddālakaśyāmākagodhūmaveṇuyavādaya eṇahariṇakuraṅgamṛgamātṛkāśvadaṃṣṭrākarālakrakarakapotalāvatittirikapiñjalavartīravartikādīnāṃ māṃsāni mudgavanamudgamakuṣṭhakalāyamasūramaṅgalyacaṇakahareṇvāḍhakīsatīnāḥ cillivāstukasuniṣaṇṇakajīvantītaṇḍulīyakamaṇḍūkaparṇyaḥ gavyaṃ ghṛtaṃ saindhavadāḍimāmalakam ity eṣa vargaḥ sarvaprāṇināṃ sāmānyataḥ pathyatamaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.20.6 tathā brahmacaryanivātaśayanoṣṇodakasnānaniśāsvapnavyāyāmāś caikāntataḥ pathyatamāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.20.7 ekāntahitānyekāntāhitāni ca prāgupadiṣṭāni hitāhitāni tu yadvāyoḥ pathyaṃ tatpittasyāpathyam iti ||
1931 ed. 1.20.8 saṃyogatastvaparāṇi viṣatulyāni bhavanti | tad yathā vallīphalakavakakarīrāmlaphalalavaṇakulatthapiṇyākadadhitailavirohipiṣṭaśuṣkaśākājāvikamāṃsamadyajāmbavacilicimamatsyagodhāvarāhāṃś ca naikadhyamaśnīyāt payasā ||
1931 ed. 1.20.9ab rogaṃ sātmyaṃ ca deśaṃ ca kālaṃ dehaṃ ca buddhimān |
1931 ed. 1.20.9cd avekṣyāgnyādikān bhāvān rogavṛtteḥ prayojayet ||
1931 ed. 1.20.10ab avasthāntarabāhulyādrogādīnāṃ vyavasthitam |
1931 ed. 1.20.10cd dravyaṃ necchanti bhiṣaja icchanti svastharakṣaṇe ||
1931 ed. 1.20.11ab dvayor anyatarādāne vadanti viṣadugdhayoḥ |
1931 ed. 1.20.11cd dugdhasyaikāntahitatāṃ viṣamekāntato 'hitam ||
1931 ed. 1.20.12ab evaṃ yuktaraseṣveṣu dravyeṣu salilādiṣu |
1931 ed. 1.20.12cd ekāntahitatāṃ viddhi vatsa suśrta nānyathā ||
1931 ed. 1.20.13 ato 'nyāny api saṃyogādahitāni vakṣyāmaḥ na vavirūḍhadhānyair vasāmadhupayoguḍamāṣair vā grāmyānūpaudakapiśitādīni nābhyavaharet na payomadhubhyāṃ rohiṇīśākaṃ jātukaśākaṃ vā'śnīyāt balākāṃ vāruṇīkulmāṣābhyāṃ kākamācīṃ pippalīmaricābhyāṃ nāḍībhaṅgaśākakukkuṭadadhīni ca naikadhyaṃ madhu coṣṇodakānupānaṃ pittena cāmamāṃsāni surākṛśarāpāyasāṃś ca naikadhyaṃ sauvīrakeṇa saha tilaśaṣkulīṃ matsyaiḥ sahekṣuvikārān guḍena kākamācīṃ madhunā mūlakaṃ guḍena vārāhaṃ madhunā ca saha viruddhaṃ kṣīreṇa mūlakamāmrajāmbavaśvāvicchūkaragodhāś ca sarvāṃś ca matsyān payasā viśeṣeṇa cilicimaṃ kadalīphalaṃ tālaphalena payasā dadhnā takreṇa vā lakucaphalaṃ payasā dadhnā māṣasūpena vā prāk payasaḥ payaso 'nte vā ||
1931 ed. 1.20.14 ataḥ karmaviruddhān vakṣyāmaḥ kapotān sarṣapatailabhṛṣṭānnādyāt kapiñjalamayūralāvatittirigodhāś cairaṇḍadārvyagnisiddhā eraṇḍatailasiddhā vā nādyāt kāṃsyabhājane daśarātraparyuṣitaṃ sarpiḥ madhu coṣṇair uṣṇe vā matsyaparipacane śrṇgaveraparipacane vā siddhāṃ kākamācīṃ tilakalkasiddhamupodikāśākaṃ nārikelena varāhavasā paribhṛṣṭāṃ balākāṃ bhāsamaṅgāraśūlyaṃ nāśnīyād iti ||
1931 ed. 1.20.15 ato mānaviruddhān vakṣyāmaḥ madhvambunī madhusarpiṣī mānatastulye nāśnīyāt snehau madhusnehau jalasnehau vā viśeṣādāntarīkṣodakānupānau ||
1931 ed. 1.20.16 ata ūrdhvaṃ rasadvandvāni rasato vīryato vipākataś ca viruddhāni vakṣyāmaḥ tatra madhurāmlau rasavīryaviruddhau madhuralavaṇau ca madhurakaṭukau ca sarvataḥ madhuratiktau rasavipākābhyāṃ madhurakaṣāyau ca amlalavaṇau rasataḥ amlakaṭukau rasavipākābhyāṃ amlatiktāvamlakaṣāyau ca sarvataḥ lavaṇakaṭukau rasavipākābhyāṃ lavaṇatiktau lavaṇakaṣāyau ca sarvataḥ kaṭutiktau rasavīryābhyāṃ kaṭukaṣāyau ca tiktakaṣāyau rasataḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.20.17 taratamayogayuktāṃś ca bhāvānatirūkṣānatisnigdhānatyuṣṇānatiśītānity evam ādīn vivarjayet ||
1931 ed. 1.20.18 bhavanti cātra |
1931 ed. 1.20.18ab viruddhānyevamādīni vīryato yāni kāni ca |
1931 ed. 1.20.18cd tānyekāntāhitānyeva śeṣaṃ vidyāddhitāhitam ||
1931 ed. 1.20.19ab vyādhimindriyadaurbalyaṃ maraṇaṃ cādhigacchati |
1931 ed. 1.20.19cd viruddharasavīryāṇi bhuñjāno 'nātmavān naraḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.20.20ab yatkiṃciddoṣamutkleśya bhuktaṃ kāyānna nirharet |
1931 ed. 1.20.20cd rasādiṣvayathārthaṃ vā tadvikārāya kalpate ||
1931 ed. 1.20.21ab viruddhāśanajān rogān pratihanti virecanam |
1931 ed. 1.20.21cd vamanaṃ śamanaṃ vā'pi pūrvaṃ vā hitasevanam ||
1931 ed. 1.20.22ab sātymyato 'lpatayā vā'pi dīptāgnestaruṇasya ca |
1931 ed. 1.20.22cd snigdhavyāyāmabalināṃ viruddhaṃ vitathaṃ bhavet ||
1931 ed. 1.20.23 atha vātaguṇān vakṣyāmaḥ
1931 ed. 1.20.23ab pūrvaḥ samadhuraḥ snigdho lavaṇaś caiva mārutaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.20.23cd gururvidāhajanano raktapittābhivardhanaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.20.24ab kṣatānāṃ viṣajuṣṭānāṃ vraṇinaḥ śleṣmalāś ca |
1931 ed. 1.20.24cd teṣām eva viśeṣeṇa sadā rogavivardhanaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.20.25ab vātalānāṃ praśastaś ca śrāntānāṃ kaphaśoṣiṇām |
1931 ed. 1.20.25cd teṣām eva viśeṣeṇa vraṇakledavivardhanaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.20.26ab madhuraś cāvidāhī ca kaṣāyānuraso laghuḥ |
1931 ed. 1.20.26cd dakṣiṇo mārutaḥ śreṣṭhaś cakṣuṣyo balavardhanaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.20.27ab raktapittapraśamano na ca vātaprakopaṇaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.20.27cd viśado rūkṣaparuṣaḥ kharaḥ snehabalāpahaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.20.28ab paścimo mārutastīkṣṇaḥ kaphamedoviśoṣaṇaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.20.28cd sadyaḥ prāṇakṣayakaraḥ śoṣaṇas tu śarīriṇām ||
1931 ed. 1.20.29ab uttaro mārutaḥ snigdho mṛdurmadhura eva ca |
1931 ed. 1.20.29cd kaṣāyānurasaḥ śīto doṣāṇāṃ cāprakopaṇaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.20.30ab tasmāc ca prakṛtisthānāṃ kledano balavardhanaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.20.30cd kṣīṇakṣayaviṣārtānāṃ viśeṣeṇa tu pūjitaḥ ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne hitāhitīyo nāma viṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

ekaviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.21.1 athāto vraṇapraśnam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.21.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.21.3 vātapittaśleṣmāṇa eva dehasaṃbhavahetavaḥ | tair evāvyāpannair adhomadhyor dhvasanniviṣṭaiḥ śarīramidaṃ dhāryate 'gāram iva sthūṇābhis tisṛbhir ataś ca tristhūṇamāhureke | ta eva ca vyāpannāḥ pralayahetavaḥ | tadebhir eva śoṇitacaturthaiḥ saṃbhavasth itipralayeṣv apyavirahitaṃ śarīraṃ bhavati ||
1931 ed. 1.21.4 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.21.4ab narte dehaḥ kaphādasti na pittānna ca mārutāt |
1931 ed. 1.21.4cd śoṇitād api vā nityaṃ deha etais tu dhāryate ||
1931 ed. 1.21.5 tatra vā gatigandhanayor iti dhātuḥ tapa santāpe śliṣa āliṅgane eteṣāṃ kṛdvihitaiḥ pratyayair vātaḥ pittaṃ śleṣmeti ca rūpāṇi bhavanti ||
1931 ed. 1.21.6 doṣasthānānyata ūrdhvaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ tatra samāsena vātaḥ śroṇigudasaṃśrayaḥ taduparyadho nābheḥ pakvāśayaḥ pakvāmāśayamadhyaṃ pittasya āmāśayaḥ śleṣmaṇaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.21.7 ataḥ paraṃ pañcadhā vibhajyante | tatra vātasya vātavyādhau vakṣyāmaḥ pittasya yakṛtplīhānau hṛdayaṃ dṛṣtistvak pūrvoktaṃ ca śleṣmaṇastūraḥśiraḥkaṇṭhasandhaya iti pūrvoktaṃ ca etāni khalu doṣāṇāṃ sthānānyavyāpannānām ||
1931 ed. 1.21.8ab visargādānavikṣepaiḥ somasūryānilā yathā |
1931 ed. 1.21.8cd dhārayanti jagaddehaṃ kaphapittānilās tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.21.9 tatra jijñāsyaṃ kiṃ pittavyatirekādanyo 'gniḥ āhosvit pittamevāgnir iti | atrocyate na khalu pittavyatirekādanyo 'gnirupalabhyate āgneyatvāt pitte dahanapacanādiṣvabhipravartamāneṣv agnivadupacāraḥ kriyate 'ntaragnir iti kṣiṇe hy agniguṇe tatsamānadravyopayogādativṛddhe śītakriyopayogādāgamāc ca paśyāmo na khalu pittavyatirekādanyo 'gnir iti ||
1931 ed. 1.21.10 taccādṛṣṭahetukena viśeṣeṇa pakvāmāśayamadhyasthaṃ pittaṃ caturvidhamannapānaṃ pacati vivecayati ca doṣarasamūtrapurīṣāṇi tatrastham eva cātmaśaktyā śeṣāṇāṃ pittasthānānāṃ śarīrasya cāgnikarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti tasmin pitte pācako 'gnir iti saṃjñā yat tu yakṛtplīhnoḥ pittaṃ tasmin rañjako 'gnir iti saṃjñā sa rasasya rāgakṛduktaḥ yat pittaṃ hṛdayasaṃsthaṃ tasmin sādhako 'gnir iti saṃjñā so 'bhiprārthitamanorathasādhanakṛduktaḥ yaddṛṣṭyāṃ pittaṃ tasminnālocako 'gnir iti saṃjñā sa rūpagrahaṇādhikṛtaḥ yat tu tvaci pittaṃ tasmin bhrājako 'gnir iti saṃjñā so 'bhyaṅgapariṣekāvagāhāvalepanādīnāṃ kriyādravyāṇāṃ paktā chāyānāṃ ca prakāśakaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.21.11ab pittaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ dravam pūti nīlaṃ pītaṃ tathaiva ca |
1931 ed. 1.21.11cd uṣṇaṃ kaṭurasaṃ caiva vidagdhaṃ cāmlam eva ca ||
1931 ed. 1.21.12 ata ūrdhvaṃ śleṣmasthānānyanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ | tatra āmāśayaḥ pittāśayasyopariṣṭhāttatpratyanīkatvād ūrdhvagatitvāt tejasaś candra iva ādityasya sa caturvidhasyāhārasyādhāraḥ sa ca tatraudakair guṇair āhāraḥ praklinno bhinnasaṃghātaḥ sukhajaraś ca bhavati ||
1931 ed. 1.21.13ab mādhuryāt picchilatvāc ca prakleditvāt tathaiva ca |
1931 ed. 1.21.13cd āmāśaye saṃbhavati śleṣmā madhuraśītalaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.21.14 sa tatrastha eva svaśaktyā śeṣāṇāṃ śleṣmasthānānāṃ śarīrasya codakakarmaṇā'nugrahaṃ karoti uraḥsthastrikasandhāraṇamātmavīryeṇānnarasasahitena hṛdayāvalambanaṃ karoti jihvāmūlakaṇṭhastho jihvendriyasya saumyatvāt samyagrasajñāne vartate śiḥrasthaḥ snehasaṃtarpaṇādhikṛtatvād indriyāṇāmātmavīryeṇānugrahaṃ karoti sandhisthas tu śleṣmā sarvasandhisaṃśleṣāt sarvasandhyagranuhaṃ karoti ||
1931 ed. 1.21.15ab śleṣmā śveto guruḥ snigdhaḥ picchilaḥ śīta eva ca |
1931 ed. 1.21.15cd madhurastvavigdhaḥ syādvidagdho lavaṇaḥ srṃtaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.21.16 śoṇitasya sthānaṃ yakṛtplīhānau tac ca prāgabhihitaṃ tatrastham eva śeṣāṇāṃ śoṇitasthānānāmanugrahaṃ karoti ||
1931 ed. 1.21.17ab anuṣṇaśītaṃ madhuraṃ snigdhaṃ raktaṃ ca varṇataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.21.17cd śoṇitaṃ guru visraṃ syādvidāhaś cāsya pittavat ||
1931 ed. 1.21.18 etāni khalu doṣasthānāni eṣu saṃcīyante doṣāḥ | prāk saṃcayahetur uktaḥ | tatra saṃcitānāṃ khalu doṣāṇāṃ stabdhapūrṇakoṣṭhatā pītāvabhāsatā mandoṣmatā cāṅgānāṃ gauravamālasyaṃ cayakāraṇavidveṣaś ceti liṅgāni bhavanti | tatra prathamaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.21.19 ata ūrdhvaṃ prakopaṇāni vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra balavadvigrahātivyāyāmavyavāyādhyayanaprapatanapradhāvanaprapīḍanābhighātalaṅghanaplavanataraṇarātrijāgaraṇabhāraharaṇagajaturagarathapadāticaryākaṭukaṣāyatiktarūkṣalaghuśītavīryaśuṣkaśākavallūravarakoddālakakoradūṣaśyāmākanīvāramudgamasūrāḍhakīhareṇukalāyaniṣpāvānaśanaviṣamāśanādhyaśanavātamūtrapurīṣaśukracchardikṣavathūdgārabāṣpavegavighātādibhir viśeṣair vāyuḥ prakopamāpadyate ||
1931 ed. 1.21.20ab sa śītābhrapravāteṣu gharmānte ca viśeṣataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.21.20cd pratyūṣasyaparāhṇe tu jīrṇe 'nne ca prakupyati ||
1931 ed. 1.21.21 krodhaśokabhayāyāsopavāsavidagdhamaithunopagamanakaṭvamlalavaṇatīkṣṇoṣṇalaghuvidāhitilatailapiṇyākakulatthasarṣapātasīharitakaśākagodhāmatsyājāvikamāṃsadadhitakrakūrcikāmastusauvīrakasurāvikārāmlaphalakaṭvaraprabhṛtibhiḥ pittaṃ prakopamāpadyate ||
1931 ed. 1.21.22ab taduṣṇair uṣṇakāle ca meghānte ca viṣeśataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.21.22cd madhyāhne cārdharātre ca jīryatyanne ca kupyati ||
1931 ed. 1.21.23 divāsvapnāvyāyāmālasyamadhurāmlalavaṇaśītasnigdhagurupicchilābhiṣyandihāyanakayavakanaiṣadhetkaṭamāṣamahāmāṣagodhūma-tila-piṣṭa-vikṛtidadhidugdhakṛśarāpāyasekṣu-vikārānūpaudakamāṃsavasābisamṛṇālakaserukaśṛṅgāṭakamadhura-vallī-phalasamaśanādhyaśanaprabhṛtibhiḥ śleṣmā prakopamāpadyate ||
1931 ed. 1.21.24ab sa śītaiḥ śītakāle ca vasante ca viśeṣataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.21.24cd pūrvāhṇe ca pradoṣe ca bhuktamātre prakupyati ||
1931 ed. 1.21.25 pittaprakopaṇair eva cābhīkṣṇaṃ dravasnigdhagurubhir āhārair divāsvapnakrodhānalātapaśramābhighātājīrṇaviruddhādhyaśanādibhir viśeṣair asṛk prakopamāpadyate ||
1931 ed. 1.21.26ab yasmādraktmaṃ vinā doṣair nā kadācit prakupyati |
1931 ed. 1.21.26cd tasmāt tasya yathādoṣaṃ kālaṃ vidyātprakopaṇe ||
1931 ed. 1.21.27 teṣāṃ prakopāt koṣṭhatodasaṃcaraṇāmlikāpipāsāparidāhānnadveṣahṛdayotkledāś ca jāyante | tatra dvitīyaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.21.28 ata ūrdhvaṃ prasaraṃ vakṣyāmaḥ teṣām ebhir ātaṅkaviśeṣaiḥ prakupitānāṃ (paryuṣita) kiṇvodakapiṣṭasamavāya ivodriktānāṃ prasaro bhavati | teṣāṃ vāyur gatimattvāt prasaraṇahetuḥ saty apy acaitanye | sa hi rajobhūyiṣṭhaḥ rajaś ca pravartakaṃ sarvabhāvānām | yathā mahānudakasaṃcayo 'tivṛddhaḥ setumavadāryāpareṇodakena vyāmiśraḥ sarvataḥ pradhāvati evaṃ doṣāḥ kadācidekaśo dviśaḥ samastāḥ śoṇitasahitā vā'nekadhā prasaranti | tad yathā vātaḥ pittaṃ śleṣmā śoṇitaṃ vātapitte vātaśleṣmāṇau pittaśleṣmāṇau vātaśoṇite pittaśoṇite śleṣmaśoṇite vātapittaśoṇitāni vātaśleṣmaśoṇitāni pittaśleṣmaśoṇitāni vātapittakaphāḥ vātapittakaphaśoṇitāni ity evaṃ pañcadaśadhā prasanti ||
1931 ed. 1.21.29ab kṛtsne 'rdhe 'vayave vā'pi yatrāṅge kupito bhṛśam |
1931 ed. 1.21.29cd doṣo vikāraṃ nabhasi meghavattatra varṣati ||
1931 ed. 1.21.30ab nātyarthaṃ kupitaś cāpi līno mārgeṣu tiṣṭhati |
1931 ed. 1.21.30cd niṣpratyanīkaḥ kālena hetumāsādya kupyati ||
1931 ed. 1.21.31 tatra vāyoḥ pittasthānagatasya pittavat pratīkāraḥ pittasya ca kaphasthānagatasya kaphavat kaphasya ca vātasthānagatasya vātavat eṣa kriyāvibhāgaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.21.32 evaṃ prakupitānāṃ prasaratāṃ ca vāyor vimārgagamanāṭopau oṣacoṣaparidāhadhūmāyanāni pittasya arocakāvipākāṅgasādāś chardiś ceti śleṣmaṇo liṅgāni bavanti tatra tṛtīyaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.21.33 ata ūrdhvaṃ sthānasaṃśrayaṃ | evaṃ prakupitāḥ tāṃstān śarīrapradeśānāgamya tāṃstān vyādhīn janayanti | te yadodarasanniveśaṃ kurvanti tadā gulmavidradhyudarāgnisaṅgānāhavisūcikātisāraprabhṛtīn janayanti bastigatāḥ pramehāśmarīmūtrāghātamūtradoṣaprabhṛtīn vṛṣaṇagatā vṛddhīḥ meḍhragatā niruddhaprakaśopadaṃśaśūkadoṣaprabhṛtīn gudagatā bhagandarārśaḥprabhṛtīn ūrdhvajatrugatāstūrdhvajān tavaṅnāṃsaśoṇitasthāḥ kṣudrarogān kuṣṭhāni visarpāṃś ca medogatā granthyapacyarbudagalagaṇḍālajīprabhṛtīn asthigatā vidradhyanuśayīprabhṛtīn pādagatāḥ ślīpadavātaśoṇitavātakaṇṭakaprabhṛtīn sarvāṅgāgatā jvarasaravāṅgarogaprabhṛtīn teṣāmevamabhiniviṣṭānāṃ pūrvarūpaprādurbhāvaḥ taṃ pratirogaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ | tatra pūrvarūpagateṣu caturthaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.21.34 ata ūrdhvaṃ vyādherdarśanaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ śophārbudagranthividradhivisarpaprabhṛtīnāṃ pravyaktalakṣaṇatā jvarātīsāraprabhṛtīnāṃ ca | tatra pañcamaḥ kriyākālaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.21.35 ata ūrdhvameteṣāmavadīrṇānāṃ braṇabhāvamāpannānāṃ ṣaṣṭhaḥ kriyākālaḥ jvarātisāraprabhṛtīnāṃ ca dīrghakālānubandhaḥ | tatrāpratikriyamāṇe 'sādhyatām upayānti ||
1931 ed. 1.21.36 bhavanti cātra |
1931 ed. 1.21.36ab saṃcayaṃ ca prakopaṃ ca prasaraṃ sthānasaṃśrayam |
1931 ed. 1.21.36cd vyaktiṃ bhedaṃ ca yo vetti doṣāṇāṃ sa bhavedbhiṣak ||
1931 ed. 1.21.37ab saṃcaye 'pahṛtā doṣā labhante nottarā gatīḥ |
1931 ed. 1.21.37cd te tūttarāsu gatiṣu bhavanti balavattarāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.21.38ab sarvair bhāvais tribhir vā'pi dvābhyāmekena vā punaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.21.38cd saṃsarge kupitaḥ kruddhaṃ doṣaṃ doṣo 'nudhāvati ||
1931 ed. 1.21.39ab saṃsarge yo garīyān syādupakramyaḥ sa vai bhavet |
1931 ed. 1.21.39cd śeṣadoṣāvirodhena sannipāte tathaiva ca ||
1931 ed. 1.21.40ab vṛṇoti yasmāt rūḍhe 'pi vraṇavas tu na naśyati |
1931 ed. 1.21.40cd ādehadhāraṇāttasmād draṇa ity ucyate budhaiḥ ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrashtāne vraṇapraśnādhyāyo nāmaikaviṃśodhyāyaḥ

dvāviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.22.1 athāto vraṇāsrāvavijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyamaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.22.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.22.3 tvaṅnāṃsasirāsnāyvasthisandhikoṣṭhamarmāṇītyaṣṭau vraṇavastūni | atra sarvavraṇasanniveśaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.22.4 tatra ādyaikavastusanniveśī tvagbhedī vraṇaḥ sūpacaraḥ śeṣāḥ svayamavaddīryamāṇā durupacārāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.22.5 tatrāyataś caturasro vṛttastripuṭaka iti vraṇākṛtisamāsaḥ śeṣās tu vikṛtākṛtayo durupakramā bhavanti ||
1931 ed. 1.22.6 sarva eva vraṇāḥ kṣipraṃ saṃrohantyātmavatāṃ subhiṣagbhiś copakrāntāḥ anātmavatāmajñaiś copakrāntāḥ praduṣyanti pravṛddhatvāc ca doṣāṇāṃ ||
1931 ed. 1.22.7 tatrātisaṃvṛto 'tivivṛto 'tikaṭhino 'timṛdurutsanno 'vasanno 'tiśīto 'tyuṣṇaḥ kṛṣṇaraktapītaśuklādīnāṃ varṇānām anyatamavarṇo bhairavaḥ pūtipūyamāṃsasirāsnāyuprabhṛtibhiḥ pūrṇaḥ pūtipūyāsrāvyunmārgyutsaṅgyamanojñadarśanagandho 'tyarthaṃ vedanāvān dāhapākarāgakaṇḍūśophapiḍakopadruto 'tyarthaṃ duṣṭaśoṇitāsrāvī dīrghakālānubandhī ceti duṣṭavraṇaliṅgāni | tasya doṣocchrāyeṇa ṣaṭtvaṃ vibhajya yathāsvaṃ pratīkāre prayateta ||
1931 ed. 1.22.8 ata ūrdhvaṃ sarvasrāvān vakṣyāmaḥ tatra ghṛṣṭāsu chinnāsu vā tvakṣu sphoṭeṣu bhinneṣu vidāriteṣu vā salilaprakāśo bhavatyāsrāvaḥ kiṃcidvisraḥ pītāvabhāsaś ca māṃsagataḥ sadyaś chinnāsu sirāsu raktātipravṛttiḥ pakvāsu ca toyanāḍībhir iva toyāgamanaṃ pūyasya āsrāvaś cātra tanur vicchinnaḥ picchilo 'valambī śyāvo 'vaśyāyapratimaś ca snāyugataḥ snigdho ghanaḥ siṃghāṇakapratimaḥ saraktaś ca asthigato 'sthanyabhihate sphuṭite bhinne doṣāvadārite vā doṣabhakṣitatvād asthi niḥsāraṃ śuktidhautamivābhāti āsrāvaś cātra majjamiśraḥ sarudhiraḥ snigdhaś ca saṃdhigataḥ pīḍyamāno na pravartate ākuñcanaprasāraṇonnamanavinamanapradhāvanotkāsanapravāhaṇaiś ca sravati āsrāvaś cātra picchilo 'valambī saphenapūyarudhironmathitaś ca koṣṭhagato 'sṛṅnūtrapurīṣapūyodakāni sravati marmagatastvagādiṣvavaruddhatvānnocyate | tatra tvagādigatānāmāsrāvāṇāṃ yathākramaṃ pāruṣyaśyāvāvaśyāyadadhimastukṣārodakamāṃsadhāvanapulākodakasannibhatvāni mārutādbhavanti pittād gomedagomūtrabhasmaśaṅkhakaṣāyodakamādhvīkatailasannibhatvāni pittavadraktādativisratvaṃ ca kaphānnavanītakāsīsamajjapiṣṭatilanārikelodakavarāhavasāsannibhatvāni sannipātānnārikelodakair vārukarasakāñjikaprasādārukodakapriyaṅguphalayakṛnmudgayūṣasavarṇatvānīti ||
1931 ed. 1.22.9 ślokau cātra bhavataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.22.9ab pakvāśayādasādhyas tu pulākodakasannibhiḥ |
1931 ed. 1.22.9cd kṣārodakanibhaḥ srāvo varjyo raktāśayātsravan ||
1931 ed. 1.22.10ab āmāśayāt kalāyāmbhonibhaś ca trikasandhijaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.22.10cd srāvānetān parīkṣyādau tataḥ karmācaredbhiṣak ||
1931 ed. 1.22.11 ata ūrdhvaṃ sarvavraṇavedanā vakṣyāmaḥ todanabhedanatāḍanacchedanāyamanamanthanavikṣepaṇacum cumāyananirdahanāvabhañjanasphoṭanavidāraṇotpāṭanakampanavividhaśūlaviśleṣaṇavikiraṇapūraṇastambhanasvapnākuñcanāṅkuśikāḥ saṃbhavanti animittavividhavedanāprādurbhāvo vā muhurmuhur yatrāgacchanti vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ vātikam iti vidyāt oṣacoṣaparidāhadhūmāyanāni yatra gātramaṅgārāvakīrṇam iva pacyate yatra coṣmābhivṛddhiḥ kṣate kṣārāvasiktavac ca vedanāviśeṣāstaṃ paittikam iti vidyāt pittavadraktasamutthaṃ jānīyāt kaṇḍūrgurutvaṃ suptatvam upadeho 'lpavedanatvaṃ stambhaḥ śaityaṃ ca yatra taṃ ślaiṣmikam iti vidyāt yatra sarvāsāṃ vedanānām utpattis taṃ sānnipātikam iti vidyāt ||
1931 ed. 1.22.12 ata ūrdhvaṃ vraṇavarṇān vakṣyāmaḥ bhasmakapotāsthivarṇaḥ paruṣo 'ruṇaḥ kṛṣṇa iti mārutajasya nīlaḥ pīto haritaḥ śyāvaḥ kṛṣṇo raktaḥ kapilaḥ piṅgala iti raktapittasamutthayoḥ śvetaḥ snigdhaḥ pāṇḍur iti śleṣmajasya sarvavarṇopetaḥ sānnipātika iti ||
1931 ed. 1.22.13 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.22.13ab na kevalaṃ vraṇeṣūkto vedanāvarṇasaṃgrahaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.22.13cd sarvaśophavikāreṣu vraṇaval lakṣayed bhiṣak ||

trayoviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.23.1 athātaḥ kṛtyākṛtyavidhim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.23.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.23.3 tatra vayaḥsthānāṃ dṛḍhānāṃ prāṇavatāṃ sattvavatāṃ ca sucikitsyā vraṇāḥekasmin vā puruṣe yatraitad guṇacatuṣṭayaṃ tasya sukhasādhanīyatamāḥ | tatra vayaḥsthānāṃ pratyagradhātutvād āśu vraṇā rohanti dṛḍhānāṃ sthirabahumāṃsatvāc chastram avacāryamāṇaṃ sirāsnāyvādiviśeṣān na prāpnoti prāṇavatāṃ vedanābhighātāhārayantraṇādibhir na glānir utpadyate sattvavatāṃ dāruṇair api kriyāviśeṣair na vyathā bhavati tasmād eteṣāṃ sukhasādhanīyatamāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.23.4 ta eva viparītaguṇā vṛddhakṛśālpaprāṇabhīruṣu draṣṭavyāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.23.5 sphikpāyuprajananalalāṭagaṇḍauṣṭhapṛṣṭhakarṇaphalakoṣodarajatrumukhābhyantarasaṃsthāḥ sukharopaṇīyā vraṇāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.23.6 akṣidantanāsāpāṅgaśrotranābhijaṭharasevanīnitambapārśvakukṣivakṣaḥkakṣāstanasandhibhāgagatāḥ saphenapūyaraktānilavāhino 'ntaḥśalyāś ca duścikitsyāḥ adhobhāgāś cordhvabhāganirvāhiṇo romāntopanakhamarmajaṅghāsthisaṃśritāś ca bhagandaram api cāntarmukhaṃ sevanīkuṭakāsthisaṃśritam ||
1931 ed. 1.23.7ab kuṣṭhināṃ viṣajuṣṭānāṃ śoṣiṇāṃ madhumehinām |
1931 ed. 1.23.7cd vraṇāḥ kṛcchreṇa sidhyanti yeṣāṃ cāpi vraṇe vraṇāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.23.8 avapāṭikāniruddhaprakaśasanniruddhagudajaṭharagranthikṣatakrimayaḥ pratiśyāyajāḥ koṣṭhajāś ca tvagdoṣiṇāṃ pramehiṇāṃ vā ye parikṣateṣu dṛśyante śarkarā sikatāmeho vātakuṇḍalikā'ṣṭhīlā dantaśarkaropakuśaḥ kaṇṭhaśālūkaṃ niṣkoṣaṇadūṣitāś ca dantaveṣṭā visarpāsthikṣatoraḥkṣatavraṇagranthiprabhṛtayaś ca yāpyāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.23.9ab sādhyā yāpyatvam āyānti yāpyāś cāsādhyatāṃ tathā |
1931 ed. 1.23.9cd ghnanti prāṇān asādhyās tu narāṇām akriyāvatām ||
1931 ed. 1.23.10ab yāpanīyaṃ vijānīyāt kriyā dhārayate tu yam |
1931 ed. 1.23.10cd kriyāyāṃ tu nivṛttāyāṃ sadya eva vinaśyati ||
1931 ed. 1.23.11ab prāptā kriyā dhārayati yāpyavayādhitam āturam |
1931 ed. 1.23.11cd prapatiṣyadivāgāraṃ viṣkambhaḥ sādhuyoajitaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.23.12 ata ūrdhvam asādhyān vakṣyāmaḥ māṃsapiṇḍavad udgatāḥ prasekino 'ntaḥpūyavedanāvanto 'śvāpānavad udvṛttauṣṭhāḥ kecit kaṭhinā gośṛṅgavad unnatamṛdumāṃsaprarohāḥ apare duṣṭarudhirāsrāviṇastanuśītapicchilasrāviṇo vā madhyonnatāḥ kecid avasannaśuṣiraparyantāḥ śaṇatūlavat snāyujālavanto durdarśanāḥ vasāmedomajjamastuluṅgasrāviṇaś ca doṣasamutthāḥ pītāsitamūtrapurīṣavātavāhinaś ca koṣṭhasthāḥ ta evobhayatobhāgavraṇamukheṣu pūyaraktanirvāhiṇaḥ (ā.kṣīṇamāṃsānāṃ ca) sarvato gatayaś cāṇumukhā māṃsabudbudavantaḥ saśabdavātavāhinaś ca śiraḥkaṇṭhasthāḥ kṣīṇamāṃsānāṃ ca pūyaraktanirvāhiṇo 'rocakāvipākakāsaśvāsopadravayuktāḥ bhinne vā śiraḥkapāle yatra mastuluṅgadarśanaṃ tridoṣaliṅgaprādurbhāvaḥ kāsaśvāsau vā yasyeti ||
1931 ed. 1.23.13 bhavanti cātra |
1931 ed. 1.23.13ab vasāṃ medo 'tha majjānaṃ mastuluṅgaṃ ca yaḥ sravet |
1931 ed. 1.23.13cd āgantus tu vraṇaḥ sidhyen na sidhyed doṣasaṃbhavaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.23.14ab amarmopahite deśe sirāsandhyasthivarjite |
1931 ed. 1.23.14cd vikāro yo 'nuparyeti tad asādhyasya lakṣaṇam ||
1931 ed. 1.23.15ab krameṇopacayaṃ prāpya dhatūn anugataḥ śanaiḥ |
1931 ed. 1.23.15cd na śakya unmūlayituṃ vṛddho vṛkṣa ivāmayaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.23.16ab sa sthiratvān mahattvāc ca dhātvanukramaṇena ca |
1931 ed. 1.23.16cd nihantyauṣadhavīryāṇi mantrān duṣṭagraho yathā ||
1931 ed. 1.23.17ab ato yo viparītaḥ syāt sukhasādhyaḥ sa ucyate |
1931 ed. 1.23.17cd abaddhamūlaḥ kṣupako yadvad utpāṭane sukhaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.23.18ab tribhir doṣair anākrāntaḥ śyāvauṣṭhaḥ piḍakī samaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.23.18cd avedano nirāsrāvo vraṇaḥ śuddha ihocyate ||
1931 ed. 1.23.19ab kapotavarṇapratimā yasyāntāḥ kledavarjitāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.23.19cd sthirāś cipiṭikāvanto rohatīti tam ādiśet ||
1931 ed. 1.23.20ab rūḍhavartmānam agranthim aśūnam arujaṃ vraṇam |
1931 ed. 1.23.20cd tvaksavarṇaṃ samatalaṃ samyag rūḍhaṃ vinirdiśet ||
1931 ed. 1.23.21ab doṣaprakopād vyāyāmādabhighātādajīrṇataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.23.21cd harṣāt krodhād bhayād vā 'pi vraṇo rūḍho 'pi dīryate ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne kṛtyākṛtyavidhirnāma trayoviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

caturviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.24.1 athāto vyādhisamuddeśīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.24.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.24.3 dvividhās tu vyādhayaḥ śastrasādhyāḥ snehādikriyāsādhyāś ca | tatra śastrasādhyeṣu snehādikriyā na pratiṣidhyate snehādikriyāsādhyeṣu śastrakarma na kriyate ||
1931 ed. 1.24.4 asmin punaḥ śāstre sarvatantrasāmānyāt sarveṣāṃ vyādhīnāṃ yathāsthūlam avarodhaḥ kriyate | prāgabhihitaṃ tadduḥkhasaṃyogā vyādhaya iti | tac ca duḥkhaṃ trividhaṃ ādhyātmikaṃ ādhibhautikaṃ ādhidaivikam iti | tat tu saptavidhe vyādhāv upanipatati | te punaḥ saptavidhā vyādhayaḥ tad yathā ādibalapravṛttāḥ janmabalapravṛttāḥ doṣabalapravṛttāḥ saṃghātabalapravṛttāḥ kālabalapravṛttāḥ daivabalapravṛttāḥ svabhāvabalapravṛttā iti ||
1931 ed. 1.24.5 tatrādibalapravṛttā ye śukraśoṇitadoṣānvayāḥ kuṣṭhārśaḥprabhṛtayaḥ te 'pi dvividhāḥ mātṛjāḥ pitṛjāś ca | janmabalapravṛttā ye māturapacārāt paṅgujātyandhabadhiramūkaminminavāmanaprabhṛtayo jāyante te 'pi dvividhā rasakṛtāḥ dauhṛdāpacārakṛtāś ca | doṣabalapravṛttā ya ātaṅkasamutpannā mithyāhārācārakṛtāś ca te 'pi dvividhāḥ āmāśayasamutthāḥ pakvāśayasamutthāś ca | punaś ca dvividhāḥ śārīrā mānasāś ca | ta ete ādhyātmikāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.24.6 saṃghātabalapravṛttā ya āgantavo durbalasya balavadvigrahāt te 'pi dvividhāḥ śastrakṛtā vyālakṛtāś ca | ete ādhibhautikāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.24.7kālabalapravṛttā ye śītoṣṇavātavarṣāprabhṛtinimittāḥ te 'pi dvividhāḥ vyāpannartukṛtā avyāpannartukṛtāś ca |
daivabalapravṛttā ye devadrohādabhiśastakā atharvaṇakṛtā upasargajāś ca te 'pi dvividhāḥ vidyudaśanikrtāḥ piśācādikṛtāś ca punaś ca dvividhāḥ saṃsargajā ākasmikāś ca | svabhāvabalapravṛttāḥ kṣutpipāsājarāmṛtyunidrāprabhṛtayaḥ te 'pi dvividhāḥ kālakṛtā akālakṛtāś ca tatra parirakṣaṇakṛtāḥ kālakṛtāḥ aparirakṣaṇakṛtā akālakṛtāḥ | ete ādhidaivikāḥ | atra sarvavyādhyavarodhaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.24.8 sarveṣāṃ ca vyādhīnāṃ vātapittaśleṣmāṇa eva mūlaṃ talliṅgatvād dṛṣṭaphalatvād āgamāc ca | yathā hi kṛtsnaṃ vikārajātaṃ viśvarūpeṇāvasthitaṃ sattva rajas tamāṃsi na vyatiricyante evam eva kṛtsnaṃ vikārajātaṃ viśvarūpeṇāvasthitam avyatiricya vātapittaśleṣmāṇo vartante | doṣadhātumalasaṃsargād āyatanaviśeṣān nimittataś caiṣāṃ vikalpaḥ | doṣadūṣiteṣv atyarthaṃ dhātuṣu saṃjñā kriyate rasajo 'yaṃ śoṇitajo 'yaṃ māṃsajo 'yaṃ medojo 'yaṃ asthijo 'yaṃ majjajo 'yaṃ śukrajo 'yam vyādhir iti ||
1931 ed. 1.24.9 tatra annāśraddhārocakāvipākāṅgamardajvarahṛllāsatṛptigauravahṛtpāṇḍurogamārgoparodhakārśyavairasyāṅgasādākālavalipalitadarśanaprabhṛtayo rasadoṣajā vikārāḥ kuṣṭhavisarpapiḍakāmaśakanīlikātilakālakanyacchavyaṅgendraluptaplīhavidradhigulmavātaśoṇitārśo 'rbudāṅgamardāsṛgdararaktapittaprabhṛtayo raktadoṣajāḥ gudamukhameḍhrapākāś ca adhimāṃsārbudārśo 'dhijihvopajihvopakuśagalaśuṇḍikālajīmāṃsasaṃghātauṣṭhaprakopagalagaṇḍagaṇḍamālāprabhṛtayo māṃsadoṣajāḥ granthivṛddhigalagaṇḍārbudamedojauṣṭhaprakopamadhumehātisthaulyātisvedaprabhṛtayo medodoṣajāḥ adhyasthyadhidantāsthitodaśūlakunakhaprabhṭayo 'sthidoṣajāḥ tamodarśanamūrcchābhramaparvasthūlamūlārurjanmanetrābhisyandaprabhṛtayo majjadoṣajāḥ klaibyāpraharṣaśukrāśmarīśukramehaśukradoṣādayaś ca taddoṣajāḥ tvagdoṣāḥ saṅgo 'tipravṛttirayathāpravṛttir vā malāyatanadoṣāḥ indriyāṇām apravṛttir ayathā pravṛttir vendriyāyatanadoṣāḥ ity eṣa samāsa uktaḥ vistaraṃ nimittāni caiṣāṃ pratirogaṃ vakṣyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.24.10 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.24.10ab kupitānāṃ hi doṣāṇāṃ śarīre paridhāvatām |
1931 ed. 1.24.10cd yatra saṅgaḥ khavaiguṇyād vyādhis tatropajāyate ||
1931 ed. 1.24.11bhūyo 'tra jijñāsyaṃ kiṃ vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ ca nityaḥ saṃśleṣaḥ paricchedo vā iti yadi nityaḥ saṃśleṣaḥ syāt tarhi nityāturāḥ sarva eva prāṇinaḥ syuḥ athāpy anyathā vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ cānyatra vartamānānām anyatra liṅgaṃ na bhavatīti kṛtvā yad ucyate vātādayo jvarādīnāṃ mūlānīti tan na | atrocyate doṣān pratyākhyāya jvarādayo na bhavanti atha ca na nityaḥ saṃbandhaḥ yathā hi vidyudvātāśanivarṣāṇyākāśaṃ pratyākhyāya na bhavanti saty apy ākāśe kadācin na bhavanti atha ca nimittatas tata evotpattir iti taraṅgabudbudādayaś codakaviśeṣāḥ eva vātādīnāṃ jvarādīnāṃ ca nāpy evam saṃśleṣo na paricchedaḥ śāśvatikaḥ atha ca nimittata evotpattir iti ||
1931 ed. 1.24.12 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.24.12ab vikāraparimāṇaṃ ca saṃkhyā caiṣāṃ pṛthak pṛthak |
1931 ed. 1.24.12cd vistareṇottare tantre sarvā bādhāś ca vakṣyate ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne vyādhisamuddeśīyo nāma caturviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

pañcaviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.25.1 athāto 'ṣṭavidhaśastrakarmīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.25.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.3ab chedyā bhagandarā granthiḥ ślaiṣmikastilakālakaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.3cd vraṇavartmārbudānyarśaś carmakīlo 'sthimāṃsagam ||
1931 ed. 1.25.4ab śalyaṃ jatumaṇirmāṃsasaṃghāto galaśuṇḍikā |
1931 ed. 1.25.4cd srāyumāṃsasirākotho valmīkaṃ śataponakaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.25.5ab adhruṣaś copadaṃśāś ca māṃsakandyadhimāṃsakaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.5cd bhedyā vidradhayo 'nyatra sarvajād granthayastrayaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.25.6ab ādito ye visarpāś ca vṛddhayaḥ savidārikāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.6cd pramehapiḍakāśophastanarogāvamanthakāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.25.7ab kumbhīkānuśayīnāḍyo vṛndau puṣkarikālajī |
1931 ed. 1.25.7cd prāyaśaḥ kṣudrarogāś ca puppuṭau tāludantajau ||
1931 ed. 1.25.8ab tuṇḍikerī gilāyuś ca pūrvaṃ ye ca prapākiṇaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.8cd bastis tathā'śmarīhetormedojā ye ca kecana ||
1931 ed. 1.25.9ab lekhyāś catasro rohiṇyaḥ kilāsamupajihvikā |
1931 ed. 1.25.9cd medojo dantavaidarbho granthirvartmādhijihvikā ||
1931 ed. 1.25.10ab arśāṃsi maṇḍalaṃ māṃsakandī māṃsonnatis tathā |
1931 ed. 1.25.10cd vedhyāḥ sirā bahuvidhā mūtravṛddhirdakodaram ||
1931 ed. 1.25.11ab eṣyā nāḍyaḥ saśalyāś ca vraṇā unmārgiṇaś ca |
1931 ed. 1.25.11cd āhāryāḥ śarkarāstisro dantakarṇamalo 'śmarī ||
1931 ed. 1.25.12ab śalyāni mūḍhagarbhāś ca varcaś ca nicitaṃ gude |
1931 ed. 1.25.12cd srāvyā vidradhayaḥ pañca bhaveyuḥ sarvajādṛte ||
1931 ed. 1.25.13ab kuṣṭhāni vāyuḥ sarujaḥ śopho yaś caikadeśajaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.13cd pālyāmayāḥ ślīpadāni viṣajuṣṭaṃ ca śoṇitam ||
1931 ed. 1.25.14ab arbudāni visarpāś ca granthayaś cāditas tu ye |
1931 ed. 1.25.14cd trayas trayaś copadaṃśāḥ stanarogā vidārikā ||
1931 ed. 1.25.15ab suṣiro galaśālūkaṃ kaṇṭakāḥ kṛmidantakaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.15cd dantaveṣṭaḥ sopakuśaḥ śītādo dantapuppuṭaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.25.16ab pittāsṛkkaphajāś cauṣṭhyāḥ kṣudrarogāś ca bhūyaśaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.16cd sīvyā medaḥsamutthāś ca bhinnāḥ sulikhitā gadāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.25.17ab sadyovraṇāś ca ye caiva calasandhivyapāśritāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.17cd na kṣārāgniviṣair juṣṭā na ca mārutavāhinaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.25.18ab nāntarlohitaśalyāś ca teṣu samyagviśodhanam |
1931 ed. 1.25.18cd pāṃśuromanakhādīni calamasthi bhavec ca yat ||
1931 ed. 1.25.19ab ahṛtāni yato 'mūni pācayeyurbhṛśaṃ vraṇam |
1931 ed. 1.25.19cd rujaś ca vividhāḥ kuryustasmād etān viśodhayet ||
1931 ed. 1.25.20ab tato vraṇaṃ samunnamya sthāpayitvā yathāsthitam |
1931 ed. 1.25.20cd sīvyet sūkṣmeṇa sūtreṇa valkenāśmantakasya vā ||
1931 ed. 1.25.21ab śaṇajakṣaumasūtrābhyāṃ snāyvā bālena vā punaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.21cd mūrvāguḍūcītānair vā sīvyed vellitakaṃ śanaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.25.22ab sīvyed gophaṇikāṃ vā'pi sīvyed vā tunnasevanīm |
1931 ed. 1.25.22cd ṛjugranthimatho vā'pi yathāyogamathāpi vā ||
1931 ed. 1.25.23ab deśe 'lpamāṃse sandhau ca sūcī vṛttā'ṅguladvayam |
1931 ed. 1.25.23cd āyatā tryaṅgulā tryasrā māṃsale vā'pi pūjitā ||
1931 ed. 1.25.24ab dhanurvakrā hitā marmaphalakośodaropari |
1931 ed. 1.25.24cd ity etās trividhāḥ sūcīs tīkṣṇāgrāḥ susamāhitāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.25.25ab kārayenmālatīpuṣpavṛntāgraparimaṇḍalāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.25cd nātidūre nikṛṣṭe vā sūcīṃ karmaṇi pātayet ||
1931 ed. 1.25.26ab dūrādrujo vraṇauṣṭhasya sannikṛṣṭe 'valuñcanam ||
1931 ed. 1.25.27ab atha kṣaumapicucchannaṃ susyūtaṃ pratisārayet |
1931 ed. 1.25.27cd priyaṅgvañjanayaṣṭyāhvarodhracūrnaiḥ samantataḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.25.28ab śallakīphalacūrnṇair vā kṣaumadhyāmena vā punaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.28cd tato vraṇaṃ yathāyogaṃ baddhvā+ācārikam ādiśet ||
1931 ed. 1.25.29ab etad aṣṭavidhaṃ karma samāsena prakīrtitam |
1931 ed. 1.25.29cd cikitsiteṣu kārtsnyena vistaras tasya vakṣyate ||
1931 ed. 1.25.30ab hīnātiriktaṃ tiryak ca gātracchedanamātmanaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.30cd etāś catasro 'ṣṭavidhe karmaṇi vyāpadaḥ smṛtāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.31ab ajñānalobhāhitavākyayoga
bhayapramohair aparaiś ca bhāvaiḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.31cd yadā prayuñjīta bhiṣak kuśastraṃ
tadā sa śeṣān kurute vikārān ||
1931 ed. 1.25.32ab taṃ kṣāraśastrāgnibhir auṣadhaiś ca
bhūyo 'bhiyuñjānam ayuktiyuktam |
1931 ed. 1.25.32cd jijīviṣur dūrata eva vaidyaṃ
vivarjayed ugraviṣāhitulyam ||
1931 ed. 1.25.33ab tad eva yuktaṃ tv atimarmasandhīn
hiṃsyāt sirāḥ snāyum athāsthi caiva |
1931 ed. 1.25.33cd mūrkhaprayuktaṃ puruṣaṃ kṣaṇena
prāṇair viyuñjyādathavā kathaṃcit ||
1931 ed. 1.25.34ab bhramaḥ pralāpaḥ patanaṃ pramoho
viceṣṭanaṃ saṃlayanoṣṇate ca |
1931 ed. 1.25.34cd srastāṅgatā mūrcchanam ūrdhvavāta
s tīvrā rujo vātakṛtāś ca tās tāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.25.35ab māṃsodakābhaṃ rudhiraṃ ca gacchet
sarvendriyārthoparamas tathaiva |
1931 ed. 1.25.35cd daśārdhasaṃkhyeṣv api hi kṣateṣu sāmānyato marmasu liṅgam uktam ||
1931 ed. 1.25.36ab surendragopapratimaṃ prabhūtaṃ
raktaṃ sraved vai kṣatataś ca vāyuḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.36cd karoti rogān vividhān yathoktāṃś
chinnāsu bhinnāsv athavā sirāsu ||
1931 ed. 1.25.37ab kaubjyaṃ śarīrāvayavāvasādaḥ
kriyāsv aśaktis tumulā rujaś ca |
1931 ed. 1.25.37cd cirād vraṇo rohati yasya cāpi
taṃ snāyuviddhaṃ manujaṃ vyavasyet ||
1931 ed. 1.25.38ab śophātivṛddhis tumulā rujaś ca
balakṣayaḥ parvasu bhedaśophau |
1931 ed. 1.25.38cd kṣateṣu sandhiṣv acalācaleṣu syāt
sandhikarmoparatiś ca liṅgam ||
1931 ed. 1.25.39ab ghorā rujo yasya niśādineṣu
sarvāsv avasthāsu na śāntir asti |
1931 ed. 1.25.39cd tṛṣṇā'ṅgasādau śvayathuś ca rukṣaḥ
tam asthividdhaṃ manujaṃ vyavasyet ||
1931 ed. 1.25.40ab yathāsvam etāni vibhāvayeyur
liṅgāni marmasv abhitāḍiteṣu |
1931 ed. 1.25.40cd sparśaṃ na jānāti vipāṇḍuvarṇo
yo māṃsamarmaṇy abhitāḍitaḥ syāt ||
1931 ed. 1.25.41ab ātmānamevātha jaghanyakārī śastreṇa yo hanti hi karma kurvan |
1931 ed. 1.25.41cd tamātmāvānātmahanaṃ kuvaidyaṃ vivarjayed āyurabhīpsamānaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.25.42ab tiryakpraṇihite śastre doṣāḥ purvamudāhṛtāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.42cd tasmāt pariharan doṣān kuruyācchastranipātanam ||
1931 ed. 1.25.43ab mātaraṃ pitaraṃ putrān bāndhavānapi cāturaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.25.43cd apyetānabhiśaṅketa vaidye viśvāsameti ca ||
1931 ed. 1.25.44ab visṛjatyātmanā+ātmānaṃ na cainaṃ pariśaṅkate |
1931 ed. 1.25.44cd tasmāt putravadevainaṃ pālayed āturaṃ bhiṣak ||
1931 ed. 1.25.45ab dharmārthau kīrtim ity arthaṃ satāṃ grahaṇam uttamam |
1931 ed. 1.25.45cd prāpnuyāt svargavāsaṃ ca hitamārabhya karmaṇā ||
1931 ed. 1.25.46ab karmaṇā kaścidekena dvābhyāṃ kaścittribhis tathā |
1931 ed. 1.25.46cd vikāraḥ sādhyate kaścic caturbhir api karmabhiḥ ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne 'ṣṭavidhaśastrakarmaṇyo nāma pañcaviṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

ṣaḍviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.26.1 athātaḥ pranaṣṭaśalyavijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.26.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantiriḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.26.3 śala śvala āśugamane dhātuḥ tasya śalyam iti rūpam ||
1931 ed. 1.26.4 tad dvividhaṃ śārīram āgantukaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.26.5 sarvaśarīrābādhakaraṃ śalyaṃ tadihopadiśyata ity ataḥ śalyaśāstram ||
1931 ed. 1.26.6 tatra śārīraṃ romanakhādi dhātavo 'nnamalā doṣāś ca duṣṭāḥ āgantv api śārīraśalyavyatirekeṇa yāvanto bhāvā duḥkham utpādayanti ||
1931 ed. 1.26.7 adhikāro hi lohaveṇuvṛkṣatṛṇaśṛṅgāsthimayeṣu tatrāpi viśeṣato loheṣveva viśasanārthopapannatvāllohasya lohānām api durvāratvād aṇumukhatvād dūraprayojanakaratvāc ca śara evādhikṛtaḥ | sa dvividhaḥ karṇī ślakṣṇaś ca prāyeṇa vividhavṛkṣapatrapuṣpaphalatulyākṛtayo vyākhyātā vyālamṛgapakṣivaktrasadṛśāś ca ||
1931 ed. 1.26.8 sarvaśalyānāṃ tu mahatāmaṇūnāṃ vā pañcavidho gativiśeṣa ūrdhvamadho 'rvācīnastiryagṛjur iti ||
1931 ed. 1.26.9 tāni vegakṣayāt pratighātād vā tvagādiṣu vraṇavastuṣv avatiṣṭhante dhamanīsroto 'sthivivarapeśīprabhṛtiṣu vā śarīrapradeśeṣu || 1931 ed. 1.26.10 tatra śalyalakṣaṇam ucyamānam upadhāraya | tat tu dvividhaṃ sāmānyaṃ vaiśeṣikaṃ ca | śyāvaṃ piḍakācitaṃ śophavedanāvantaṃ muhurmuhuḥ śoṇitāsrāviṇaṃ budbudavad unnataṃ mṛdumāṃsaṃ ca vraṇaṃ jānīyāt saśalyo 'yam iti | sāmānyam etal lakṣaṇam uktam | vaiśeṣikaṃ tu tvaggate vivarṇaḥ śopho bhavaty āyataḥ kaṭhinaś ca māṃsagate śophābhivṛddhiḥ śalyamārgānupasaṃrohaḥ pīḍanāsahiṣṇutā coṣapākau ca peśyantarasthe 'py etad eva coṣaśophavarjaṃ sirāgate sirādhmānam sirāśūlaṃ sirāśophaś ca snāyugate snāyujālotkṣepaṇaṃ saṃrambhaś cogrā ruk ca srotogate srotasāṃ svakarmaguṇahāniḥ; dhamanīsthe saphenaṃ raktam īrayann anilaḥ saśabdo nirgacchaty aṅgamardaḥ pipāsā hṛllāsaś ca asthigate vividhavedanāprādurbhāvaḥ śophaś ca asthivivaragate 'sthipūrṇatā'sthitodaḥ saṃharṣo balavāṃś ca sandhigate 'sthivacceṣṭoparamaś ca koṣṭhagata āṭopānāhau mūtrapurīṣāhāradarśanaṃ ca vraṇamukhāt marmagate marmaviddhāvac ceṣṭate | sūkṣmagatiṣu śalyeṣv etāny eva lakṣaṇāny aspaṣṭāni bhavanti ||
1931 ed. 1.26.11 mahānty alpāni vā śuddhadehānām anulomasanniviṣṭāni rohanti viśeṣataḥ kaṇṭhasrotaḥsirātvakpeśyasthivivareṣu doṣaprakopavyāyāmābhighātājīrṇebhyaḥ pracalitāni punarbādhante ||
1931 ed. 1.26.12 tatra tvakpranaṣṭe snigdhasvinnāyāṃ mṛnmāṣayavagodhūmagomayamṛditāyāṃ tvaci yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt styānaghṛtamṛccandanakalkair vā pradigdhāyāṃ śalyoṣmaṇā+āśu visarati ghṛtam upaśuṣyati vā lepo yatra tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt māṃsapranaṣṭe snehasvedādibhiḥ kriyāviśeṣair aviruddair āturam upapādayet karśitasya tu śithilībhūtam anavabaddhaṃ kṣubhyamāṇaṃ yatra saṃrambhaṃ vedanāṃ vā janayati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt koṣṭhāsthisandhipeśīvivareṣv avasthitam evam eva parīkṣeta sirādhamanīsrotaḥsnāyupranaṣṭe khaṇḍacakrasaṃyukte yāne vyādhitam āropyāśu viṣame 'dhvani yāyād yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ jānīyāt asthipranaṣṭe snehasvedopapannānyasthīni bandhanapīḍanābhyāṃ bhṛśam upācared yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ jānīyāt sandhipranaṣṭe snehasvedopapannān sandhīn prasaraṇākuñcanabandhanapīḍanair bhṛśam upācaret yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ vijānīyāt marmapranaṣṭe tv ananyabhāvān marmaṇām uktaṃ parīkṣaṇaṃ bhavati ||
1931 ed. 1.26.13 sāmānyalakṣaṇam api ca hastiskandhāśvapṛṣṭhaparvatadrumārohaṇadhanurvyāyāmadrutayānaniyuddhādhvagamanalaṅghanaprataraṇaplavanavyāyāmair jṛmbhodgārakāsakṣavathuṣṭhīvanahasanaprāṇāyāmair vātamūtrapurīṣaśukrotsargair vā yatra saṃrambho vedanā vā bhavati tatra śalyaṃ jānīyāt ||
1931 ed. 1.26.14 bhavanti cātra |
1931 ed. 1.26.14ab yasmiṃstodādayo deśo suptatā gurutā'pi ca |
1931 ed. 1.26.14cd ghaṭṭate bahuśo yatra srūyate tudyate 'pi ca ||
1931 ed. 1.26.15ab āturaś cāpi yaṃ deśam abhīkṣṇaṃ parirakṣati |
1931 ed. 1.26.15cd saṃvāhyamāno bahuśas tatra śalyaṃ vinirdiśet ||
1931 ed. 1.26.16ab alpābādham aśūnaṃ ca nīrujaṃ nirupadravam |
1931 ed. 1.26.16cd prasannaṃ mṛduparyantaṃ nirāghaṭṭamanunnatam ||
1931 ed. 1.26.17ab eṣaṇyā sarvato dṛṣṭvā yathāmārgaṃ cikitsakaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.26.17cd prasārākuñcanān nūnaṃ niḥśalyam iti nirdiśet ||
1931 ed. 1.26.18ab asthyātmakaṃ bhajyate tu śalyamantaś ca śīryate |
1931 ed. 1.26.18cd prāyo nirbhujyate śārṅgam āyasaṃ ceti niścayaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.26.19ab vārkṣavaiṇavatārṇāni nirhrayante tu no yadi |
1931 ed. 1.26.19cd pacanti raktaṃ māṃsaṃ ca kṣipram etāni dehinām ||
1931 ed. 1.26.20ab kānakaṃ rājataṃ tāmraṃ raitikaṃ trapusīsakam |
1931 ed. 1.26.20cd cirasthānād vilīyante pittatejaḥpratāpanāt ||
1931 ed. 1.26.21ab svabhāvaśītā mṛdavo ye cānye 'pīdṛśā matāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.26.21cd dravībhūtāḥ śarīre 'sminn ekatvaṃ yānti dhātubhiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.26.22ab viṣāṇadantakeśāsthiveṇudārūpalāni tu |
1931 ed. 1.26.22cd śalyāni na viśīryante śarīre mṛnmayāni ca ||
1931 ed. 1.26.23ab dvividhaṃ pañcagatimattvagādivraṇavastuṣu |
1931 ed. 1.26.23cd viśliṣṭaṃ vetti yaḥ śalyaṃ sa rājñaḥ kartum arhati ||

iti suśrtasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne pranaṣṭaśalyavijñānīyo nāma ṣaḍviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

saptaviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.27.1 athātaḥ śalyāpanayanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.27.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.27.3 śalyaṃ dvividhamavabaddhamanavabaddhaṃ ca ||
1931 ed. 1.27.4 tatra samāsenānavabaddhaśalyoddharaṇārthaṃ pañcadaśa hetūn vakṣyāmaḥ | tad yathā svabhāvaḥ pācanaṃ bhedanaṃ dāraṇaṃ pīḍanaṃ pramārjanaṃ nirdhmāpanaṃ vamanaṃ virecanaṃ prakṣālanaṃ pratimarśaḥ pravāhaṇaṃ ācūṣaṇaṃ ayaskānto harṣaś ceti ||
1931 ed. 1.27.5 tatrāśrukṣavathūdgārakāsamūtrapurīṣānilaiḥ svabhāvabalapravṛttair nayanādibhyaḥ patati māṃsāvagāḍhaṃ śalyamavidahyamānaṃ pācayitvā prakothā(ā.pā)ttasya pūyaśoṇitavegād gauravād vā patati | pakvamabhidyamānaṃ bhedayed dārayed vā | bhinnamanirasyamānaṃ pīḍanīyaiḥ pīḍayet pāṇibhir vā | aṇūny akṣaśalyāni pariṣecanādhmāpanair bālavastrapāṇibhiḥ pramārjayet | āhāraśeṣaśleṣmahīnāṇuśalyāni śvasanotkāsanapradhamanair nirdhamet | annaśalyāni vamanāṅgulipratimarśaprabhṛtibhiḥ | virecanaiḥ pakvāśayagatāni | vraṇadoṣāśayagatāni prakṣālanaiḥ | vātamūtrapurīṣagarbhasaṅgeṣu pravāhaṇamuktaṃ | mārutodakasaviṣarudhiraduṣṭastanyeṣv ācūṣaṇam āsyena viṣāṇair vā | anulomam anavabaddham akarṇam analpavraṇamukham ayaskāntena | hṛdy avasthitam anekakāraṇotpannaṃ śokaśalyaṃ harṣeṇeti ||
1931 ed. 1.27.6 sarvaśalyānāṃ tu mahatām aṇūnāṃ vā dvāv evāharaṇahetū bhavataḥ pratilomo 'nulomaś ca ||
1931 ed. 1.27.7 tatra pratilomamarvācīnamānayet anulomaṃ parācīnam || 1931 ed. 1.27.8 uttuṇḍitaṃ chitvā nirghātayecchedanīyamukham ||
1931 ed. 1.27.9 chedanīyamukhānyapi kukṣivakṣaḥkakṣāvaṃkṣaṇaparśukāntarapatitāni ca hastaśakyaṃ yathāmārgeṇa hastenaivāpahartuṃ prayateta ||
1931 ed. 1.27.10 hastenāpahartum aśakyaṃ viśasya śastreṇa yantreṇāpaharet ||
1931 ed. 1.27.11 bhavati cātra |
1931 ed. 1.27.11ab śītalena jalenainaṃ mūrcchantam avasecayet |
1931 ed. 1.27.11cd saṃrakṣedasya marmāṇi muhur āśvāsayec ca tam ||
1931 ed. 1.27.12 tataḥ śalyam uddhṛtya nirlohitaṃ vraṇaṃ kṛtvā svedārham agnighṛtaprabhṛtibhiḥ saṃsvedya vidahya pradihya sarpirmadhubhyāṃ baddhvā+ācārikam upadiśet | (? sirāsnāyuvilagnaṃ śalākādibhir vimocyāpanayet śvayathugrastavāraṅgaṃ samavapīḍya śvayathuṃ durbalavāraṅgaṃ kuśādibhir baddhvā |)
1931 ed. 1.27.13 hṛdayamabhito vartamānaṃ śalyaṃ śītajalādibhir udvejitasyāpahared yathāmārgaṃ durupaharamanyato 'pabādhyamānaṃ pāṭayitvoddharet ||
1931 ed. 1.27.14 asthivivarapraviṣṭam asthividaṣṭaṃ vā'vagṛhya pādābhyāṃ yantreṇāpaharet aśakyamevaṃ vā balavadbhiḥ suparigṛhītasya yantreṇa grāhayitvā śalyavāraṅgaṃ pravibhujya dhanurguṇair baddhaikataś cāsya pañcāṅgyām upasaṃyatasyāśvasya vaktrakavike badhnīyāt athainaṃ kaśayā tāḍayed yathonnamayan śiro vegena śalyam uddharati dṛḍhāṃ vā vṛkṣaśākhām avanamya tasyāṃ pūrvavad baddhvoddharet ||
1931 ed. 1.27.15 adeśottuṇḍitamaṣṭhīlāśmamudgarāṇāmnyatamasya prahāreṇa vicālya yathāmārgam eva yantreṇa ||
1931 ed. 1.27.16 (? yantreṇa ) vimṛditakarṇāni karṇavantyanābādhakaradeśottuṇḍitāni purastādeva ||
1931 ed. 1.27.17 jātuṣe kaṇṭhāsakte kaṇṭhe nāḍīṃ praveśyāgnitaptāṃ ca śalākāṃ tayā 'vagṛhya śītābhir adbhiḥ pariṣicya sthirībhūtām uddharet ||
1931 ed. 1.27.18 ajātuṣaṃ jatumadhūcchiṣṭapraliptayā śalākayā pūrvakalpenetyeke || 1931 ed. 1.27.19 asthiśalyamanyadvā tiryakkaṇṭhāsaktamavekṣya keśoṇḍukaṃ dṛḍhaikasūtrabaddhaṃ dravabhaktopahitaṃ pāyayed ākaṇṭhāt pūrṇakoṣṭhaṃ ca vāmayet vamataś ca śalyaikadeśasaktaṃ jñātvā sūtraṃ sahasā tvākṣipet mṛdunā vā dantadhāvanakūrcakenāpaharet praṇudedvā'ntaḥ | kṣatakaṇṭhāya ca madhusarpiṣī leḍhuṃ prayacchettriphalācūrṇaṃ vā madhuśarkarāvimiśram || 1931 ed. 1.27.20 udakapūrṇodaramavākśirasamavapīḍayed dhunīyādvāmayed vā bhasmarāśau vā nikhanedāmukhāt || 1931 ed. 1.27.21 grāsaśalye tu kaṇṭhāsakte niḥśaṅkamanavabuddhaṃ skandhe muṣṭinā'bhihanyāt snehaṃ madyaṃ pānīyaṃ vā pāyayet ||
1931 ed. 1.27.22 bāhurajjulatāpāśaiḥ kaṇṭhapīḍanādvāyuḥ prakupitaḥ śleṣmāṇaṃ kopayitvā sroto niruṇaddhi lālāsrāvaṃ phenāgamanaṃ saṃjñānāśaṃ cāpādayati tamabhyajya saṃsvedya śirovirecanaṃ tasmai tīkṣṇaṃ dadyādrasaṃ ca vātaghnaṃ vidadhyād iti ||
1931 ed. 1.27.23 bhavanti cātra |
1931 ed. 1.27.23ab śalyākṛtiviśeṣāṃś ca sthānānyāvekṣya buddhimān |
1931 ed. 1.27.23cd tathā yantrapṛthaktvaṃ ca samyak śalyamathāharet ||
1931 ed. 1.27.24ab karṇavanti tu śalyāni duḥkhāhāryāṇi yāni ca |
1931 ed. 1.27.24cd ādadīta bhiṣak tasmāt tāni yuktyā samāhitaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.27.25ab etair upāyaiḥ śalyaṃ tu naiva niryātyate yadi |
1931 ed. 1.27.25cd matyā nipuṇayā vaidyo yantrayogaiś ca nirharet ||
1931 ed. 1.27.26ab śothapākau rujaś cogrāḥ kuryāc chalyam anirhṛtam |
1931 ed. 1.27.26cd vaikalyaṃ maraṇaṃ cā'pi tasmād yatnād vinirharet ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne śalyāpanayanīyo nāma saptaviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

aṣṭāviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.28.1 athāto viparītāviparītavraṇavijñānīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.28.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.28.3ab phalāgnijalavṛṣṭīnāṃ puṣpadhūmāmbudā yathā |
1931 ed. 1.28.3cd khyāpayanti bhaviṣyatvaṃ tathā riṣṭāni pañcatām ||
1931 ed. 1.28.4ab tāni saukṣmyāt pramādād vā tathaivāśu vyatikramāt |
1931 ed. 1.28.4cd gṛhyante nodgatāny ajñair mumūrṣor na tv asaṃbhavāt ||
1931 ed. 1.28.5ab dhruvaṃ tu maraṇaṃ riṣṭe brāhmaṇais tat kilāmalaiḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.5cd rasāyanatapojapyatatparair vā nivāryate ||
1931 ed. 1.28.6ab nakṣatrapīḍā bahudhā yathā kālād vipacyate |
1931 ed. 1.28.6cd tathaivāriṣṭapākaṃ ca bruvate bahavo janāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.28.7ab asiddhim āpnuyāl loke pratikurvan gatāyuṣaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.7cd ato 'riṣṭani yatnena lakṣayet kuśalo bhiṣak ||
1931 ed. 1.28.8ab gandhavarṇarasādīnāṃ viśeṣāṇāṃ svabhāvataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.8cd vaikṛtaṃ yat tad ācaṣṭe vraṇinaḥ pakvalakṣaṇam ||
1931 ed. 1.28.9ab kaṭus tīkṣṇaś ca visraś ca gandhas tu pavanādibhiḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.9cd lohagandhis tu raktena vyāmiśraḥ sānnipātikaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.28.10ab lājātasītailasamāḥ kiṃcidvisrāś ca gandhataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.10cd jñeyāḥ prakṛtigandhāḥ syur ato 'nyad gandhavaikṛtam ||
1931 ed. 1.28.11ab madhyāgurvājyasumanaḥpadmacandanacampakaiḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.11cd sagandhā divyagandhāś ca mumūrṣūṇāṃ vraṇāḥ smṛtāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.28.12ab śvavājimūṣikadhvāṅkṣapūtivallūramatkuṇaiḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.12cd sagandhāḥ paṅkagandhāś ca bhūmigandhāś ca garhitāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.28.13ab dhyāmakuṅkumakaṅkuṣṭhasavarṇāḥ pittakopataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.13cd na dahyante na cūṣyante bhiṣak tān parivarjayet ||
1931 ed. 1.28.14ab kaṇḍūmantaḥ sthirāḥ śvetāḥ snigdhāḥ kaphanimittataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.14cd dūyante vā'pi dahyante bhiṣak tān parivarjayet ||
1931 ed. 1.28.15ab kṛṣṇās tu ye tanusrāvā vātajā marmatāpinaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.15cd svalpām api na kurvanti rujaṃ tān parivarjayet ||
1931 ed. 1.28.16ab kṣveḍanti ghurghurāyante jvalantīva ca ye vraṇāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.16cd tvaṅmāṃsasthāś ca pavanaṃ saśabdaṃ visṛjanti ye ||
1931 ed. 1.28.17ab ye ca marmasvasaṃbhūtā bhavanty atyarthavedanāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.17cd dahyante cāntaratyarthaṃ bahiḥ śītāś ca ye vraṇāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.28.18ab dahyante bahir atyarthaṃ bhavanty antaś ca śītalāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.18cd śaktidhvajarathā kuntavājivāraṇagovṛṣāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.28.19ab yeṣu cāpy avabhāseran prāsādākṛtayas tathā |
1931 ed. 1.28.19cd cūrṇāvakīrṇā iva ye bhānti vā na ca cūrṇitāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.28.20ab prāṇamāṃsakṣayaśvāsakāsārocakapīḍitāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.20cd pravṛddhapūyarudhirā vraṇā yeṣāṃ ca marmasu ||
1931 ed. 1.28.21ab kriyābhiḥ samyag ārabdhā na sidhyanti ca ye vraṇāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.28.21cd varjayet tān bhiṣak prājñaḥ saṃrakṣannātmano yaśaḥ ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne viparītāviparītavraṇavijñānīyo nāmāṣṭaviṃśatitamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

ekonatriṃśattamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.29.1 athāto viparītāviparītasvapnanidarśanīyam adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.3ab dūtadarśanasaṃbhāṣā veṣāś ceṣṭitam eva ca |
1931 ed. 1.29.3cd ṛkṣaṃ velā tithiś caiva nimittaṃ śakuno 'nilaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.4ab deśo vaidyasya vāgdehamanasāṃ ca viceṣṭitam |
1931 ed. 1.29.4cd kathayanty āturagataṃ śubhaṃ vā yadi vā'śubham ||
1931 ed. 1.29.5ab pākhaṇḍāśramavarṇānāṃ sapakṣāḥ karmasiddhaye |
1931 ed. 1.29.5cd ta eva viparītāḥ syur dūtāḥ karmavipattaye ||
1931 ed. 1.29.6ab napuṃsakaṃ strī bahavo naikakāryā asūyakāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.6cd gardabhoṣṭrarathaprāptāḥ prāptā vā syuḥ paramparāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.7ab vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtāste cāpi garhitāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.7cd pāśadaṇḍāyudhadharāḥ pāṇḍuretaravāsasaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.8ab ārdrajīrṇāpasavyaikamalinoddhvastavāsasaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.8cd nyūnādhikāṅgā udvignā vikṛtā raudrarūpiṇaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.9ab rūkṣaniṣṭhuravādāś cāpy amāṅgalyābhidhāyinaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.9cd chindantas tṛṇakāṣṭhāni spṛśanto nāsikāṃ stanam ||
1931 ed. 1.29.10ab vastrāntānāmikākeśanakharomadaśāspṛśaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.10cd srotovarodhahṛdgaṇḍamūrdhoraḥkukṣipāṇayaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.11ab kapālopalabhasmāsthituṣāṅgārakarāś ca ye |
1931 ed. 1.29.11cd vilikhanto mahīṃ kiṃcin muñcanto loṣṭabhedinaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.12ab tailakardamadigdhāṅgā raktasraganulepanāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.12cd phalaṃ pakvam asāraṃ vā gṛhītvā'nyac ca tadvidham ||
1931 ed. 1.29.13ab nakhair nakhāntaraṃ vā'pi kareṇa caraṇaṃ tathā |
1931 ed. 1.29.13cd upānaccarmahastā vā vikṛtavyādhipīḍitāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.14ab vāmācārā rudantaś ca śvāsino vikṛtekṣaṇāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.14cd yāmyāṃ diśaṃ prāñjalayo viṣamaikapade sthitāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.15ab vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtās te cāpi garhitāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.15cd dakṣiṇābhimukhaṃ deśe tvaśucau vā hutāśanam | ^
1931 ed. 1.29.15ef jvalayantaṃ pacantaṃ vā krūrakarmaṇi codyatam ||
1931 ed. 1.29.16ab nagnaṃ bhūmau śayānaṃ vā vegotsargeṣu vā'śucim |
1931 ed. 1.29.16cd prakīrṇākeśam abhyaktaṃ svinnaṃ viklavam eva vā ||
1931 ed. 1.29.17ab vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtās te cāpi garhitāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.17cd vaidyasya paitrye daive vā kārye cotpātadarśane ||
1931 ed. 1.29.18ab madhyāhne cārdharātre vā sandhyayoḥ kṛttikāsu ca |
1931 ed. 1.29.18cd ārdrāśleṣāmaghāmūlapūrvāsu bharaṇīṣu ca ||
1931 ed. 1.29.19ab caturthyāṃ vā navamyāṃ vā ṣaṣṭhyāṃ sandhidineṣu ca |
1931 ed. 1.29.19cd vaidyaṃ ya upasarpanti dūtāste cāpi garhitāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.20ab svinnābhitaptā madhyāhne jvalanasya samīpataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.20cd garhitāḥ pittarogeṣu dūtā vaidyamupāgatāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.21ab ta eva kapharogeṣu karmasiddhikarāḥ smṛtāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.21cd etena śeṣaṃ vyākhyātaṃ buddhvā saṃvibhajet tu tat ||
1931 ed. 1.29.22ab raktapittātisāreṣu prameheṣu tathaiva ca |
1931 ed. 1.29.22cd praśasto jalarodheṣu dūtavaidyasamāgamaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.23ab vijñāyaivaṃ vibhāgaṃ tu śeṣaṃ budhyeta paṇḍitaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.23cd śuklavāsāḥ śucir gauraḥ śyāmo vā priyadarśanaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.24ab svasyām jātau svagotro vā dūtaḥ kāryakaraḥ smṛtaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.24cd goyānenāgatas tuṣṭaḥ pādābhyāṃ śubhaceṣṭitaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.25ab smṛtimān vidhikālajñaḥ svatantraḥ pratipattimān |
1931 ed. 1.29.25cd alaṅkṛto maṅgalavān dūtaḥ kāryakaraḥ smṛtaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.26ab svasthaṃ prāṅmukham āsīnaṃ same deśe śucau śucim |
1931 ed. 1.29.26cd upasarpati yo vaidyaṃ sa ca kāryakaraḥ smṛtaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.27ab māṃsodakumbhātapatravipravāraṇagovṛṣāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.27cd śuklavarṇāś ca pūjyante prasthāne darśanaṃ gatāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.28ab strī putriṇī savatsā gaur vardhamānam alaṅkṛtā |
1931 ed. 1.29.28cd kanyā matsyāḥ phalaṃ cāmaṃ svastikaṃ modakā dadhi ||
1931 ed. 1.29.29ab hiraṇyākṣatapātraṃ vā ratnāni sumano nṛpaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.29cd apraśānto 'nalo vājī haṃsaś cāṣaḥ śikhī tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.29.30ab brahmadundubhijīmūtaśaṅkhaveṇurathasvanāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.30cd siṃhagovṛṣanādāś ca hreṣitaṃ gajabṛṃhitam ||
1931 ed. 1.29.31ab śastaṃ haṃsarutaṃ nṝṇāṃ kauśikaṃ caiva vāmataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.31cd prasthāne yāyinaḥ śreṣṭhā vācaś ca hṛdayaṅgamāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.32ab patrapuṣpaphalopetān sakṣīrānnīrujo drumān |
1931 ed. 1.29.32cd āśritā vā nabhoveśmadhvajatoraṇavedikāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.33ab dikṣu śāntāsu vaktāro madhuraṃ pṛṣṭhato 'nugāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.33cd vāmā vā dakṣiṇā vā'pi śakunāḥ karmasiddhaye ||
1931 ed. 1.29.34ab śuṣke 'śanihate 'patre vallīnaddhe sakaṇṭake |
1931 ed. 1.29.34cd vṛkṣe 'thavā'śmabhasmāsthiviṭtuṣāṅgārapāṃśuṣu ||
1931 ed. 1.29.35ab caityavalmīkaviṣamasthitā dīptakharasvarāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.35cd purato dikṣu dīptāsu vaktāro nārthasādhakāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.36ab punnāmānaḥ khagā vāmāḥ strīsaṃjñā dakṣiṇāḥ śubhāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.36cd dakṣiṇād vāmagamanaṃ praśastaṃ śvaśṛgālayoḥ | ^
1931 ed. 1.29.36ef vāmaṃ nakulacāṣāṇāṃ nobhayaṃ śaśasarpayoḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.37ab bhāsakauśikayoś caiva na praśastaṃ kilobhayam |
1931 ed. 1.29.37cd darśanaṃ vā rutaṃ cāpi na godhākṛkalāsayoḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.38ab dūtair aniṣṭais tulyānāmaś castaṃ darśanaṃ nṛṇām |
1931 ed. 1.29.38cd kulatthatilakārpāsatuṣapāṣāṇabhasmanām ||
1931 ed. 1.29.39ab pātraṃ neṣṭaṃ tathā'ṅgāratailakardamapūritam |
1931 ed. 1.29.39cd prasannetaramadyānāṃ pūrṇaṃ vā raktasarṣapaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.40ab śavakāṣṭhapalāśānāṃ śuṣkāṇāṃ pathi saṅgamāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.40cd neṣyante patitāntasthadīnāndharipavas tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.29.41ab mṛduḥ śīto 'nukūlaś ca sugandhiś cānilaḥ śubhaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.41cd kharoṣṇo 'niṣṭagandhaś ca pratilomaś ca garhitaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.42ab granthyarbudādiṣu sadā chedaśabdas tu pūjitaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.42cd vidradhyudaragulmeṣu bhedaśabdas tathaiva ca ||
1931 ed. 1.29.43ab raktapittātisāreṣu ruddhaśabdaḥ praśasyate |
1931 ed. 1.29.43cd evaṃ vyādhiviśeṣeṇa nimittam upadhārayet ||
1931 ed. 1.29.44ab tathaivākruṣṭahākaṣṭamākrandaruditasvanāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.44cd chardyāṃ vātapurīṣāṇāṃ śabdo vai gardabhoṣṭrayoḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.45ab pratiṣiddhaṃ tathā bhagnaṃ kṣutaṃ skhalitam āhatam |
1931 ed. 1.29.45cd daurmanasyaṃ ca vaidyasya yātrāyāṃ na praśasyate ||
1931 ed. 1.29.46ab praveśe 'py etad uddeśād avekṣyaṃ ca tathā+āture |
1931 ed. 1.29.46cd pratidvāraṃ gṛhe vā'sya punaretanna gaṇyate ||
1931 ed. 1.29.47ab keśabhasmāsthikāṣṭhāśmatuṣakārpāsakaṇṭakāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.47cd khaṭvordhvapādā madyāpo vasā tailaṃ tilāstṛṇam ||
1931 ed. 1.29.48ab napuṃsakavyaṅgabhagnanagnamuṇḍāsitāmbarāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.48cd prasthāne vā praveśe vā neṣyante darśanaṃ gatāḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.49ab bhāṇḍānāṃ saṃkarasthānāṃ sthānāt saṃcaraṇaṃ tathā |
1931 ed. 1.29.49cd nikhātotpāṭanaṃ bhaṅgaḥ patanaṃ nirgamas tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.29.50ab vaidyāsanāvasādo vā rogī vā syādadhomukhaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.50cd vaidyaṃ saṃbhāṣamāṇo 'ṅgaṃ kuḍyamā staraṇāni vā ||
1931 ed. 1.29.51ab pramṛjyādvā dhunīyād vā karau pṛṣṭhaṃ śiras tathā |
1931 ed. 1.29.51cd hastaṃ cākṛṣya vaidyasya nyasec chirasi corasi ||
1931 ed. 1.29.52ab yo vaidyamunmukhaḥ pṛcchedunmārṣṭi svāṅgamāturaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.52cd na sa sidhyati vaidyo vā gṛhe yasya na pūjyate ||
1931 ed. 1.29.53ab bhavane pūjyate vā'pi yasya vaidyaḥ sa sidhyati |
1931 ed. 1.29.53cd śubhaṃ śubheṣu dūtādiṣv aśubhaṃ hy aśubheṣu ca ||
1931 ed. 1.29.54ab āturasya dhruvaṃ tasmād dūtādīn lakṣayed bhiṣak |
1931 ed. 1.29.54cd svapnān ataḥ pravakṣyāmi maraṇāya śubhāya ca ||
1931 ed. 1.29.55ab suhṛdo yāṃ ś ca paśyanti vyādhito vā svayaṃ tathā |
1931 ed. 1.29.55cd snehābhyaktaśarīras tu karabhavyālagardabhaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.56ab varāhair mahiṣair vā'pi yo yāyāddakṣiṇāmukhaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.56cd raktāmbaradharā kṛṣṇā hasantī muktamūrdhajā ||
1931 ed. 1.29.57ab yaṃ vā karṣati baddhvā strī nṛtyantī dakṣiṇāmukham |
1931 ed. 1.29.57cd antāvasāyibhir yo vā+ākṛṣyate dakṣiṇāmukhaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.58ab pariṣvajeran yaṃ vā'pi pretāḥ pravrajitās tathā |
1931 ed. 1.29.58cd muhur āghrāyate yas tu śvāpadair vikṛtānanaiḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.59ab piben madhu ca tailaṃ ca yo vā paṅke 'vasīdati |
1931 ed. 1.29.59cd paṅkapradigdhagātro vā pranṛtyet prahasettathā ||
1931 ed. 1.29.60ab nirambaraś ca yo raktāṃ dhārayec chirasi srajam |
1931 ed. 1.29.60cd yasya vaṃśo nalo vā'pi tālo vorasi jāyate ||
1931 ed. 1.29.61ab yaṃ vā matsyo grased yo vā jananīṃ praviśen naraḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.61cd parvatāgrāt pated yo vā śvabhre vā tamasā+āvṛte ||
1931 ed. 1.29.62ab hriyate srotasā yo vā yo vā mauṇḍyam avāpnuyāt |
1931 ed. 1.29.62cd parājīyeta badhyeta kākādyair vā'bhibhūyate ||
1931 ed. 1.29.63ab patanaṃ tārakādīnāṃ praṇāśaṃ dīpacakṣuṣoḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.63cd yaḥ paśyed devatānāṃ ca (ā.vā) prakampam avanes tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.29.64ab yasya chardir vireko vā daśanāḥ prapatanti vā |
1931 ed. 1.29.64cd śālmalīṃ kiṃśukaṃ yūpaṃ valmīkaṃ pāribhadrakam ||
1931 ed. 1.29.65ab puṣpāḍhyaṃ kovidāraṃ vā citāṃ vā yo 'dhirohati |
1931 ed. 1.29.65cd kārpāsatailapiṇyākalohāni lavaṇaṃ tilān ||
1931 ed. 1.29.66ab labhetāśnīta vā pakvam annaṃ yaś ca pibet surām |
1931 ed. 1.29.66cd svasthaḥ sa labhate vyādhiṃ vyādhito mṛtyum ṛcchati ||
1931 ed. 1.29.67ab yathāsvaṃ prakṛtisvapno vismṛto vihatas tathā |
1931 ed. 1.29.67cd cintākṛto divā dṛṣto bhavanty aphaladās tu te ||
1931 ed. 1.29.68ab jvaritānāṃ śunā sakhyaṃ kapisakhyaṃ tu śoṣiṇām |
1931 ed. 1.29.68cd unmāde rākṣasaiḥ pretair apasmāre pravartanam ||
1931 ed. 1.29.69ab mehātisāriṇāṃ toyapānaṃ snehasya kuṣṭhinām |
1931 ed. 1.29.69cd gulmeṣu sthāvarotpattiḥ koṣṭhe mūrdhni śiroruji ||
1931 ed. 1.29.70ab śaṣkulībhakṣaṇaṃ chardyāmadhvā śvāsapipāsayoḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.70cd haridraṃ bhojanaṃ vā'pi yasya syāt pāṇḍurogiṇaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.71ab raktapittī pibed yas tu śoṇitaṃ sa vinaśyati |
1931 ed. 1.29.71cd svapnānevaṃvidhān dṛṣṭvā prātarutthāya yatnavān ||
1931 ed. 1.29.72ab dadyānmāṣāṃstilāṃllohaṃ viprebhyaḥ kāñcanaṃ tathā |
1931 ed. 1.29.72cd japec cāpi śubhān mantrān gāyatrīṃ tripadāṃ tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.29.73ab dṛṣṭvā tu prathame yāme svapyād dhyātvā punaḥ śubham |
1931 ed. 1.29.73cd japedvā'nyatamaṃ vede brahmacārī samāhitaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.29.74ab devatāyatane caiva vasedrātritrayaṃ tathā |
1931 ed. 1.29.74cd viprāṃś ca pūjayennityaṃ duḥsvapnāt pravimucyate ||
1931 ed. 1.29.75ab ata ūrdhvaṃ pravakṣyāmi praśastaṃ svapnadarśanam |
1931 ed. 1.29.75cd devān dvijān govṛṣabhān jīvataḥ suhṛdo nṛpān ||
1931 ed. 1.29.76ab samiddham agniṃ sādhūṃś ca nirmalāni jalāni ca |
1931 ed. 1.29.76cd paśyet kalyāṇalābhāya vyādher apagamāya ca ||
1931 ed. 1.29.77ab māṃsaṃ matsyān srajaḥ śvetā vāsāṃsi ca phalāni ca |
1931 ed. 1.29.77cd labhante dhanalābhāya vyādher apagamāya ca ||
1931 ed. 1.29.78ab mahāprāsādasaphalavṛkṣavāraṇaparvatān |
1931 ed. 1.29.78cd āroheddravyalābhāya vyādherapagamāya ca ||
1931 ed. 1.29.79ab nadīnadasamudrāṃś ca kṣubhitān kaluṣodakān |
1931 ed. 1.29.79cd taret kalyāṇalābhāya vyādher apagamāya ca ||
1931 ed. 1.29.80ab urago vā jalauko vā bhramaro vā'pi yaṃ daśet |
1931 ed. 1.29.80cd ārogyaṃ nirdiśettasya dhanalābhaṃ ca buddhimān ||
1931 ed. 1.29.81ab evaṃrūpān śubhān svapnān yaḥ paśyed vyādhito naraḥ |
1931 ed. 1.29.81cd sa dīrghāyur iti jñeyas tasmai karma samācaret ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne viparītāviparītasvapnanidarśanīyo nāmaikonatriṃśattamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

triṃśattamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.30.1 athātaḥ pañcendriyārthavipratipattim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.30.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.30.3ab śarīraśīlayor yasya prakṛter vikṛtir bhavet |
1931 ed. 1.30.3cd tat tva riṣṭaṃ samāsena vyāsatas tu nibodha me ||
1931 ed. 1.30.4ab śṛṇoti vividhān śabdān yo divyānām abhāvataḥ |
1931 ed. 1.30.4cd samudrapurameghānām asaṃpattau ca niḥsvanān ||
1931 ed. 1.30.5ab tān svanānnāvagṛhṇāti manyate cānyaśabdavat |
1931 ed. 1.30.5cd grāmyāraṇyasvanāṃś cāpi viparītān śṛṇoti ca ||
1931 ed. 1.30.6ab dviṣacchabdeṣu ramate suhṛcchabdeṣu kupyati |
1931 ed. 1.30.6cd na śṛṇoti ca yo 'kasmāttaṃ bruvanti gatāyuṣam ||
1931 ed. 1.30.7ab yas tūṣṇam iva gṛhṇāti śītamuṣṇaṃ ca śītavat |
1931 ed. 1.30.7cd saṃjātaśītapiḍako yaś ca dāhena pīḍyate ||
1931 ed. 1.30.8ab uṣṇagātro 'timātraṃ ca yaḥ śītena pravepate |
1931 ed. 1.30.8cd prahārān nābhijānāti yo 'ṅgacchedamathāpi vā ||
1931 ed. 1.30.9ab pāṃśunevāvakīrṇāni yaś ca gātrāṇi manyate |
1931 ed. 1.30.9cd varṇānyatā vā rājyo vā yasya gātre bhavanti hi ||
1931 ed. 1.30.10ab snātānuliptaṃ yaṃ cāpi bhajante nīlamakṣikāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.30.10cd sugandhirvā'ti yo 'kasmāt taṃ bruvanti gatāyuṣam ||
1931 ed. 1.30.11ab viparītena gṛhṇāti rasān yaś copayojitān |
1931 ed. 1.30.11cd upayuktāḥ kramādyasya rasā doṣābhivṛddhaye ||
1931 ed. 1.30.12ab yasya doṣāgnisāmyaṃ ca kuryur mithyopayojitāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.30.12cd yo vā rasān na saṃvetti gatāsuṃ taṃ pracakṣate ||
1931 ed. 1.30.13ab sugandhaṃ vetti durgandhaṃ durgandhasya sugandhitām |
1931 ed. 1.30.13cd gṛhṇīte vā 'nyathā gandhaṃ śānte dīpe ca nīrujaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.30.14ab yo vā gandhān na jānāti gatāsuṃ taṃ vinirdiśet |
1931 ed. 1.30.14cd dvandvānyuṣṇahimādīni kālāvasthā diśas tathā ||
1931 ed. 1.30.15ab viparītena gṛhṇāti bhāvān anyāṃś ca yo naraḥ |
1931 ed. 1.30.15cd divā jyotīṃṣi yaś cāpi jvalitānīva paśyati ||
1931 ed. 1.30.16ab rātrau sūryaṃ jvalantaṃ vā divā vā candravarcasam |
1931 ed. 1.30.16cd ameghopaplave yaś ca śakracāpataḍidguṇān ||
1931 ed. 1.30.17ab taḍittvato 'sitān yo vā nirmale gagane ghanān |
1931 ed. 1.30.17cd vimānayānaprāsādair yaś ca saṃkulamambaram ||
1931 ed. 1.30.18ab yaś cānilaṃ mūrtimantam antarikṣaṃ ca paśyati |
1931 ed. 1.30.18cd dhūmanīhāravāsobhir āvṛtām iva medinīm ||
1931 ed. 1.30.19ab pradīptam iva lokaṃ ca yo vā plutam ivāmbhasā |
1931 ed. 1.30.19cd bhūmim aṣṭāpadākārāṃ lekhābhir yaś ca paśyati ||
1931 ed. 1.30.20ab na paśyati sanakṣatrāṃ yaś cā devīm arundhatīm |
1931 ed. 1.30.20cd dhruvam ākāśagaṅgāṃ vā taṃ vadanti gatāyuṣam ||
1931 ed. 1.30.21ab jyotsnādarśoṣṇatoyeṣu chāyāṃ yaś ca na paśyati |
1931 ed. 1.30.21cd paśyaty ekāṅgahīnāṃ vā vikṛtāṃ vā'nyasattvajām ||
1931 ed. 1.30.22ab śvakākakaṅkagṛdhrāṇāṃ pretānāṃ yakṣarakṣasām |
1931 ed. 1.30.22cd piśācoraganāgānāṃ bhūtānāṃ vikṛtām api ||
1931 ed. 1.30.23ab yo vā mayūrakaṇṭhābhaṃ vidhūmaṃ vahnim īkṣate |
1931 ed. 1.30.23cd āturasya bhavenmṛtyuḥ svastho vyādhimāvāpnuyāt ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne pañcendriyārthavipratipattir nāma triṃśo 'dhyāyaḥ ||

ekatriṃśattamo 'dhyāyaḥ |

1931 ed. 1.31.1 athātaś chāyāvipratipattim adhyāyaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.31.2 yathovāca bhagavān dhanvantariḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.31.3ab śyāvā lohitikā nīlā pītikā vā'pi mānavam |
1931 ed. 1.31.3cd abhidravanti yaṃ chāyāḥ sa parāsur asaṃśayam ||
1931 ed. 1.31.4ab hrīr apakramate yasya prabhādhṛtismṛtiśriyaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.31.4cd akasmād yaṃ bhajante vā sa parāsur asaṃśayam ||
1931 ed. 1.31.5ab yasyādharauṣṭhaḥ patitaḥ kṣiptaś cordhvaṃ tathottaraḥ |
1931 ed. 1.31.5cd ubhau vā jāmbavābhāsau durlabhaṃ tasya jīvitam ||
1931 ed. 1.31.6ab āraktā daśanā yasya śyāvā vā syuḥ patanti vā |
1931 ed. 1.31.6cd khañjanapratimā vā'pi taṃ gatāyuṣam ādiśet ||
1931 ed. 1.31.7ab kṛṣṇā stabdhā'valiptā vā jihvā śūnā ca yasya vai |
1931 ed. 1.31.7cd karkaśā vā bhavedyasya so 'cirād vijahāty asūn ||
1931 ed. 1.31.8ab kuṭilā sphuṭitā vā'pi śuṣkā vā yasya nāsikā |
1931 ed. 1.31.8cd avasphūrjati magnā vā na sa jīvati mānavaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.31.9ab saṃkṣipte viṣame stabdhe rakte sraste ca locane |
1931 ed. 1.31.9cd syātāṃ vā prasrute yasya sa gatāyurnaro dhruvam ||
1931 ed. 1.31.10ab keśāḥ sīmantino yasya saṃkṣipte vinate bhruvau |
1931 ed. 1.31.10cd lunanti cākṣipakṣmāṇi so 'cirādyāti mṛtyave ||
1931 ed. 1.31.11ab nāharaty annam āsyasthaṃ na dhārayati yaḥ śiraḥ |
1931 ed. 1.31.11cd ekāgradṛṣṭir mūḍhātmā sadyaḥ prāṇān jahāti saḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.31.12ab balavān durbalo vā'pi saṃmohaṃ yo 'dhigacchati |
1931 ed. 1.31.12cd utthāpyamāno bahuśastaṃ pakvaṃ bhiṣagādiśet ||
1931 ed. 1.31.13ab uttānaḥ sarvadā śete pādau vikurute ca yaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.31.13cd viprasāraṇaśīlo vā na sa jīvati mānavaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.31.14ab śītapādakarocchvāsaś chinnocchvāsaś ca yo bhavet |
1931 ed. 1.31.14cd kākocchvāsaś ca yo martyas taṃ dhīraḥ parivarjayet ||
1931 ed. 1.31.15ab nidrā na chidyate yasya yo vā jāgarti sarvadā |
1931 ed. 1.31.15cd muhyed vā vaktukāmaś ca pratyākhyeyaḥ sa jānatā ||
1931 ed. 1.31.16ab uttarauṣṭhaṃ ca yo lihyād utkārāṃś ca karoti yaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.31.16cd pretair vā bhāṣate sārdhaṃ pretarūpaṃ tam ādiśet ||
1931 ed. 1.31.17ab svebhyaḥ saromakūpebhyo yasya raktaṃ pravartate |
1931 ed. 1.31.17cd puruṣasyāviṣārtasya sadyo jahyāt sa jīvitam ||
1931 ed. 1.31.18ab vātāṣṭhīlā tu hṛdaye yasyor dhvam anuyāyinī |
1931 ed. 1.31.18cd rujā'nnavidveṣakarī sa parāsur asaṃśayam ||
1931 ed. 1.31.19ab ananyopadravakṛtaḥ śophaḥ pādasamutthitaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.31.19cd puruṣaṃ hanti nārīṃ tu mukhajo guhyajo dvayam ||
1931 ed. 1.31.20ab atisāro jvaro hikkā chardiḥ śūnāṇḍameḍhratā |
1931 ed. 1.31.20cd śvāsinaḥ kāsino vā'pi yasya taṃ kṣīṇam ādiśet ||
1931 ed. 1.31.21ab svedo dāhaś ca balavān hikkā śvāsaś ca mānavam |
1931 ed. 1.31.21cd balavantam api prāṇair viyuñjanti na saṃśayaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.31.22ab śyāvā jihvā bhaved yasya savyaṃ cākṣi nimajjati |
1931 ed. 1.31.22cd mukhaṃ ca jāyate pūti yasya taṃ parivarjayet ||
1931 ed. 1.31.23ab vaktram āpūryate 'śrubhiḥ svidyataś caraṇāv ubhau |
1931 ed. 1.31.23cd cakṣuś cākulatāṃ yāti yamarāṣṭraṃ gamiṣyataḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.31.24ab atimātraṃ laghūni syur gātrāṇi gurukāṇi vā |
1931 ed. 1.31.24cd yasyākasmāt sa vijñeyo gantā vaivasvatālayam ||
1931 ed. 1.31.25ab paṅkamatsyavasātailaghṛtagandhāṃś ca ye narāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.31.25cd mṛṣṭagandhāṃś ca ye vānti gantāras te yamālayam ||
1931 ed. 1.31.26ab yūkā lalāṭam āyānti baliṃ nāśnanti vāyasāḥ |
1931 ed. 1.31.26cd yeṣāṃ vā'pi ratir nāsti yātāras te yamālayam ||
1931 ed. 1.31.27ab jvarātisāraśophāḥ syur yasyānyonyāvasādinaḥ |
1931 ed. 1.31.27cd prakṣīṇabalamāṃsasya nāsau śakyaś cikitsitum ||
1931 ed. 1.31.28ab kṣīṇasya yasya kṣuttṛṣṇe hṛdyair miṣṭair hitais tathā |
1931 ed. 1.31.28cd na śāmyato 'nnapānaiś ca tasya mṛtyur upasthitaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.31.29ab pravāhikā śiraḥśūlaṃ koṣṭhaśūlaṃ ca dāruṇam |
1931 ed. 1.31.29cd pipāsā balahāniś ca tasya mṛtyur upasthitaḥ ||
1931 ed. 1.31.30ab viṣameṇopacāreṇa karmabhiś ca purākṛtaiḥ |
1931 ed. 1.31.30cd anityatvāc ca jantūnāṃ jīvitaṃ nidhanaṃ vrajet ||
1931 ed. 1.31.31ab pretā bhūtāḥ piśācāś ca rakṣāṃsi vividhāni ca |
1931 ed. 1.31.31cd maraṇābhimukhaṃ nityam upasarpanti mānavam ||
1931 ed. 1.31.32ab tāni bheṣajavīryāṇi pratighnanti jighāṃsayā |
1931 ed. 1.31.32cd tasmān moghāḥ kriyāḥ sarvā bhavanty eva gatāyuṣām ||

iti suśrutasaṃhitāyāṃ sūtrasthāne chāyāvipratipattirnāmaikatriṃśattamo 'dhyāyaḥ ||